Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
H
A
P
INTRODUCTION
T
E
R
1
1
1. Introduction
It is with great pleasure that we present you be for you to interact and communicate with us.
with the Zamil Steel Technical Manual for Pre- Most of our innovative techniques have been
Engineered Steel Buildings, the most comprehen- the result of valuable feedback from our regular
sive such manual in the industry. clientele.
The contents of this manual encompass our A Leader You Can Count On
entire pre-engineered steel buildings product
line. Although this manual contains only our
Zamil Steel is recognized as the largest manu-
standard pre-engineered buildings products
facturer of pre-engineered steel buildings in Asia
and details, most of these standards are flexible and
and Africa. Since 1977 we have supplied over
can be adapted to broader and more complex limits
20,000 buildings to 45 countries worldwide. Zamil
to address the increasingly creative applications
Steel is continuously expanding and currently
demanded by today’s architects and designers.
3
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.2 : The Role of the Architect/Consultant 1 of 2
We Welcome your T
Welcome echnical Inquiries
Technical
Many impressive architectural projects have used Zamil Steel conducts annual product orientation
pre-engineered steel buildings. Nowhere has this seminars in regions where Zamil Steel maintains
been more evident than in the USA. Although this offices.
4
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.2 : The Role of the Architect/Consultant 2 of 2
5
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.3 : The Pre-Engineered Building Concept 1 of 1
6
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.4 : The Merits of Pre-Engineered Buildings 1 of 4
7
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.4 : The Merits of Pre-Engineered Buildings 2 of 4
• Design quality is consistent and is based on the • Anchor bolt setting plans and anchor bolts can
latest USA codes applicable to the design of be delivered earlier than the building supply to
pre-engineered steel buildings. enable the construction of foundations prior to
delivery of the steel buildings.
• Welding is performed by AWS certified welders
and conforms to the latest version of the • Standard building(s) delivery is only 8 weeks
Structural Welding Code for Steel published by (including engineering time) and may be
the American Welding Society. reduced to as low as 6 weeks for special “fast
track” projects.
• Raw materials are ordered to ASTM (American
Society of Testing Materials) standards, or
• Fast erection of the steel building(s) because all
equivalent, and are inventoried at the factory
structural members are field bolted using clear
adequate with mill certificate traceability.
• Strict adherence to code-specified design live user-friendly erection drawings. (The typical
load and wind speed ensures that safety and erection time per erection crew is 1.0 man-hour
design integrity are not sacrificed. per square meter).
8
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.4 : The Merits of Pre-Engineered Buildings 3 of 4
• Bay lengths up to 10 m. (Use of jack beams • A wide range of wall panel profiles and colors
allows bay lengths up to 20 m). provides diverse architectural accents.
• Eave heights up to 30 m.
• Readily available interface details between steel
• Buildings are easily expandable on all sides and other façade materials (such as glazing,
(allowing for future expansion). blockwall, curtainwall, etc.) allow for wider
applications.
• Building shell is designed to accept
stocked (custom manufactured) standard Low Maintenance and Operating Costs
accessories (personnel doors, sliding
doors, roof ventilators, louvers, windows, • Virtually no maintenance required for wall
skylights, etc.) panels.
• Building design can incorporate additional • Roof panels require only periodic cleaning.
standard structural subsystems such as
9
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.4 : The Merits of Pre-Engineered Buildings 4 of 4
10
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.5 : Applications of Pre-Engineered Buildings 1 of 5
In the USA, where the PEB concept was originally • Service stations
conceived during the early years of this century, • Shopping centers
nearly 70% of all single storey non-residential
construction now utilizes pre-engineered buildings. Institutional
Applications range from small car parking sheds to
90 m (+), wide clear span aircraft hangars to
• Schools
• Exhibition halls
low-rise multi-storey buildings. Almost every • Hospitals
conceivable building use has been achieved using • Theaters/auditoriums
the pre-engineered building approach. • Sports halls
Commercial
Agricultural
• Showrooms • Poultry buildings
• Distribution centers • Dairy farms
• Supermarkets • Greenhouses
• Fast food restaurants • Grain storage
• Offices • Animal confinement
• Labor camps
11
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.5 : Applications of Pre-Engineered Buildings 2 of 5
12
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.5 : Applications of Pre-Engineered Buildings 3 of 5
13
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.5 : Applications of Pre-Engineered Buildings 4 of 5
14
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.5 : Applications of Pre-Engineered Buildings 5 of 5
15
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.6 : The Zamil Steel Organization 1 of 3
Executive Management
President
Senior Vice President
Human Resources
Egypt Factory Saudi Factory Vietnam Factory
Purchasing
General Manager General Manager General Manager
Facilities Engineering
Marketing
Information Technology
Sales
Quality Assurance
Builder Development
Transport
Products R&D
Estimating
Customer Service
Engineering
Manufacturing
Maintenance
Quality Control
Construction
16
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.6 : The Zamil Steel Organization 2 of 3
17
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.6 : The Zamil Steel Organisation 3 of 3
Certified Builders
18
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.7 : The Zamil Steel Advantage 1 of 3
Zamil Steel is dedicated to a comprehensive implemented. This manual is annually revised and
customer support program through a wide range of reissued to keep it current on our products and
services, some of which are: services.
19
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.7 : The Zamil Steel Advantage 2 of 3
20
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.7 : The Zamil Steel Advantage 3 of 3
If you are an enduser a Zamil Steel certified builder Should any accessory or part of a Zamil Steel
can offer you a complete turnkey service which building be damaged or need replacement in the
saves you the project management costs of future, all you have to do is call a Zamil Steel
coordinating several subcontractors. certified builder or a Zamil Steel Area Office. The
component can be supplied by Zamil Steel within a
If you are the main contractor, the least that a Zamil short time and promptly installed by a Zamil Steel
Steel certified builder can do for you is to undertake certified builder.
the erection of the Zamil Steel pre-engineered steel
building in a professional and timely manner.
Knowledgeable and updated on the most recent
products, policies and procedures, the certified
builder is your representative within the Zamil Steel
organization.
21
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.8 : Zamil Steel Literature 1 of 2
• Components Manual
22
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.8 : Zamil Steel Literature 2 of 2
23
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.9 : Initiating a Request for Quotation 1 of 1
Requests for quotation should be submitted through A complete quotation offer for such projects may
a Zamil Steel Area Office or through a Zamil Steel take up to 10-20 days to prepare depending on the
certified builder. When you are unsure as to which engineering complexity of the buildings.
Zamil Steel Area Office to contact, please contact
the Marketing Manager at Zamil Steel Head Office A picture is worth a thousand words: Always request
who will direct you to the responsible Area Office. proposal drawings from Zamil Steel.
24
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.10 : Placing and Tracking an Order 1 of 4
The purpose of including this section is to inform page of the quotation offer or contract be changed
you of the internal procedures followed by Zamil prior to signing the contract, the word or statement
Steel from the time a contract is signed to the time should be crossed out and the acceptable wording
we ship your building. We wish to make you aware re-written clearly (in block letters) immediately
of the various factors that may affect Zamil Steel’s adjacent to the change. Both your representative and
processing of a job and the impact that changes the Zamil Steel representative must initial the hand-
or clarifications may have on our delivery written change.
commitment. In some cases, delivery delays are
avoided by more knowledge of the internal Zamil A copy of all contract documents is then
Steel work flow procedures. immediately given to you for your file.
This section should be read in conjunction with Order Processing by Zamil Steel Area
Zamil Steel’s “Standard Terms & Conditions of
Offices
Sale”, a copy of which can be obtained from the
Marketing Department at Zamil Steel Head Office
The Zamil Steel Area Office representative transfers
or from any Zamil Steel Area Office. all relevant order information from the typed
quotation offer onto internal Zamil Steel forms, and
As in the case of quotations, actual orders should
dispatches the original forms with the original
be processed through a Zamil Steel Area Office or
contract documents to Zamil Steel Head Office. A
through a Zamil Steel certified builder. This section
copy of the forms and the contract documents are
specifically addresses orders that are placed through retained at the Area Office.
a Zamil Steel Area Office. Orders that are placed
through a Zamil Steel certified builder generally
follow a similar process.
Placing an Order
For an order to be valid and binding, your authorized 1. Receipt at Head Office
representative and the Zamil Steel Area Office
representative must fill and sign a standard contract An order is first received at Zamil Steel Customer
form which is attached to all Zamil Steel typed Service Department. This department is responsible
quotation offers. for reviewing the order to ensure that all technical,
logistical and financial matters are complete and
Important: Should any word or statement on any are in accordance with Zamil Steel policy.
25
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.10 : Placing and Tracking an Order 2 of 4
26
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.10 : Placing and Tracking an Order 3 of 4
27
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
Section 1.10 : Placing and Tracking an Order 4 of 4
10. Start of Manufacturing All materials shipped by Zamil Steel are carefully
and safely loaded (onto trailers for overland
Manufacturing of a building starts after the shipment, or into closed containers for sea freight)
Engineering Department releases the Shop Details with detailed packing lists clearly cross referencing
and Bill of Materials of all the components for the the bill of materials and erection drawings. It should
building to the Production Control Group which is arrive at your site complete and in prime condition.
a part of the Manufacturing Department.
28
C
H
A
P
NOMENCLATURE
T
E
R
2
2. Nomenclature
30
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 1 of 19
A
5 - The customer is responsible for accurate
CE215 locations of building lines and bench marks at
CE215A the site of the building.
CE215 BR222
(TYP)
6 - The installation of anchor bolts and embedded
B
items must be done in accordance with the Code
of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings of AISC
section 7.
Anchor bolts and foundation bolts are set by
the owner (or the civil contractor) in accordance
BE215 BE215
C
reactions (magnitude and direction), and base plate dimensions
(TYP U.N) (TYP U.N) with Zamil Steel "Issued for Construction Anchor
Bolt Plan" drawing. Maximum allowable
BR222
tolerances are as follows:
SD1
SD1
SD1
SD1
SD1
(TYP)
WALL BRACING[TYP]
a) 3mm center to center of any two bolts
CE215 CE215
within an anchor bolt group.
D
b) 6mm center to center of adjacent anchor
bolt groups.
CL COR. COLUMN
CUT-OUT E.WALL STEEL LINE 200
85
43 43
8 - All reactions and loads are shown in Kilo-newton
65
and meter units.
100
PROJ.
100
FIN. FLR. LINE
MIN.
150
GROUND LEVEL WIND COL. REACTIONS
Angle: A hot rolled member with two legs forming a 90o angle.
WL:13KN
15.9mm ÿ ANCHOR BOLT
(MK. 20-0100)
DL+LL: 15KN
CE215A
BRACING REACTIONS FRAMED OPENING
T
2
3
4
WIDTH
CL COR. COLUMN
28-04-95
CL OF COLUMN
ACCESS 0 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION EIM RLM SHA
WIDTH
CL OF COLUMN
TYPE
300
A 28-03-95 ISSUE FOR APPROVAL SHA RLM SHA
65
SD1 4000
85
43 43
43 43
H1 1 5 H5 NO. DATE DESCRIPTION DRN CHK DSN
50 50
85
85
V1 V5
PROJ.
PROJ.
7/8" DEAD + WIND RIGHT -10 9 -24 31 2 TO 10
100
100
20-0102-00 600 110 70 33 125
PROJ.
(22mm) FIN. FLR. LINE FIN. FLR. LINE
ZS JOB NO. : BUILDING NO. :
100
1 1/8" FIN. FLR. LINE UB-4596 01
MIN.
MIN.
20-0103-00 700 145 80 43 150
150
150
(28mm)
PROJECT NAME : WARE HOUSE
MIN.
150
GROUND LEVEL GROUND LEVEL
GROUND LEV. CUSTOMER : FUJAIRAH NATIONAL CONSTRUCTION
JOBSITE LOCATION : PLOT NO:B-660 AL GOZE DUBAI U.A.E
7/8"(22mm) ANCHOR BOLT 5/8"(15mm) ANCHOR BOLT
(MK. 20-0102) (MK. 20-0100) 5/8"(15mm) ÿ ANCHOR BOLT DRAWING TITLE : DRAWING NO.
(MK. 20-0100)
agreed to furnish.
Assembly: Two or more components bolted together.
Astragal: A bent plate attached to one leaf of double sliding ASTRAGAL
(VIEWED INSIDE THE BLDG.)
or hinged doors to prevent dust and light ingress.
Auxiliary Loads: All specified dynamic live loads, other than
the basic design loads, which the building must safely
withstand. Examples are loads imposed by crane systems,
material handling systems and impact loads.
Back-up Plates: Additional plates used in connections to
BASE BASE
provide sufficient bolt grip, allow for erection tolerances, or ANGLE PLATE
increase strength.
Base Angle: A continuous angle fixed to the floor slab or to
the grade beam to enable the attachment of wall panels.
Base Plate: The endplate of a column which rests on the
supporting substructure surface.
Bay: The space between the center lines of frames or primary BA Y
31
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 2 of 19
32
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 3 of 19
Cables. HOOK
CABLE CONNECTOR
Cantilever: A projecting beam that is supported and restrained
at one end only. COLUMN
EYE BOLT
33
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 4 of 19
Collateral Load: The static load other than the basic design
loads such as sprinklers, mechanical and electrical systems,
ceilings, etc.
Column: A vertical structural member used in a building to
transfer loads from the main roof beams, trusses or rafters to
the foundation.
Component: An independent part of an assembly.
CONTINUOUS BEAM
Concrete Notch: A rebate or notch formed along the edge of
the concrete floor slab or grade beam, allowing wall panels to
end below the floor level thus preventing ingress of dust or
CONCRETE
water. NOTCH
34
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 5 of 19
ALL
ENDW LINE
EL
STE
Double Sliding Door: Sliding door with two door leaves. DOUBLE SLIDING
DOOR
35
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 6 of 19
36
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 7 of 19
37
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 8 of 19
GABLE GABLE
Gage or Gauge: The distance between holes along the ANGLE TRIM
38
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 9 of 19
High Strength Bolt: Any bolt made from steel having a tensile
strength in excess of 690 megapascal (MPa). Some examples
are: ASTM A325, A354, A449 and A490.
39
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 10 of 19
CRANE
STOPPER
Jack Beam: A primary horizontal member used to support
another beam, truss or rafter. COLUMN
JIB CRANE
BEAM
CAP CHANNEL HOIST
Jamb: Vertical member at the side of a wall opening.
JIB CRANE
40
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 11 of 19
Live load: Any variable load that results from intended use
of the structure during its life time.
Loads: Anything that causes a force to be exerted on a
structural member. Examples of different types of loads are:
41
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 12 of 19
FLOOR
PILOT DOOR
Pilot Door: A small access door within one leaf of a sliding
door. Also called Wicket Door.
Pop Rivet: Used for joining flashing and light gauge metal PITCH (ROOF)
trims. See also Blind Rivet.
42
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 13 of 19
Primer Paint: The initial coat of paint applied in the shop to PURLINS
the structural framing of a building for protection against
aggressive environmental conditions during shipping and
erection.
the rafters, which transfers the roof loads from the roof
covering to the primary frames.
ROOF LINE
Purlin Extension: A projecting secondary member used in
roof extensions at the endwall.
RAFTER
Purlin Line: The line joining the extreme outer, or exterior,
edges of the purlins parallel to the frames.
Rake Trim: The sheeting item joining the roof and wall
sheeting at the rake. Also called Gable Trim.
REACTIONS
Reactions: The resisting forces, at the column bases of a
frame, holding the frame in equilibrium under a given loading
condition. RIDGE
43
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 14 of 19
SIDEW
the main interior frame is used at the endwall mostly for the
purpose of future expansion.
Roof Slope: The angle that a roof surface makes with the
horizontal. Usually expressed in units of vertical rise to 10 ROOF MONITOR
44
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 15 of 19
SLATS
Single Slope Building: See also Mono-Slope. [ROLL-UP DOOR’S
SHUTTER [
Skylight: At translucent panel used at the roof to transmit
natural light. It is usually made of fiberglass.
Slats: Flat strips used in the shutters of roll-up doors.
ZAMI L
Sleeve Nut: A long nut normally used to join two brace rods
of the same diameter together. Also known as Coupling.
Sliding Door: A single or double leaf door which opens
horizontally by means of overhead trolleys or bottom wheels.
SLIDE DOOR
45
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 16 of 19
Soil Pressure: The load, per unit area, a structure will exert,
through its foundations, on the soil.
STRAIGHT COLUMN
Specification: A statement of particulars defining physical
dimensions, strength and other properties, or a statement SPACESAVER BUILDING
defining performance expectations of materials or devices.
46
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA TURE
NOMENCLATURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 17 of 19
47
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA
NOMENCLATURETURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 18 of 19
Web: That portion of a structural member between the flanges. WEB MEMBERS
Wheel Base: The distance between the two wheels of a crane CRANE
BRIDGE
along the crane beam.
CRANE CRANE
BEAM RAIL
Wheel Load: The maximum load which is transferred through
CRANE WH
the wheels of a crane to a crane beam. WHEEL EEL
BAS
E
48
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA
NOMENCLATURETURE
Section 2.1 : Basic Terms 19 of 19
"Z" SECTION
49
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA
NOMENCLATURE TURE
Section 2.2 : Abbreviations 1 of 3
AB - Anchor bolts
ASSY - Assembly
Btu - British thermal unit
C - Celcius
C.O. - Change order
C/C - Center to center
CIF - Contract information form
CL - Center line
CONC. - Concrete
COL. - Column
COLL. - Collateral
CPU - Customer pick-up
CS - Clear Span
DET - Detail
dB - Decibel
DIM. - Dimension
DSD - Double sliding door
DWG - Drawing
EH(E.H.) - Eave height
ES - Eave strut
EW - Endwall
F - Fahrenheit
FFL(F.F.L.) - Finished floor level
FO(F.O.) - Framed opening
FNB - Fin neck bolt
HSB - High strength bolt (ASTM A325)
INT - Internal or interior
KD - Knocked-down
K - Kelvin
kg/cm2 - Kilogram per square centimeter
kg/m3 - Kilogram per cubic meter
km/h - Kilometer per hour
kN - Kilonewton
kN/m 2 - Kilonewton per square meter
L - Length
L/C - Letter of credit
LG - Long
LT - Lean-To
m - Meter
M.T. - Metric ton
MAX. (max.) - Maximum
MG - Multi-Gable
50
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA
NOMENCLATURE TURE
Section 2.2 : Abbreviations 2 of 3
51
CHAPTER 2 : NOMENCLA
NOMENCLATURE TURE
Section 2.2 : Abbreviations 3 of 3
52
C
H
A
ENGINEERING P
PRACTICES T
E
R
3
3. Engineering Practices
54
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.1 : General 1 of 1
Since its establishment in 1977, Zamil Steel has This brief chapter is intended to highlight the
aggressively pursued complex engineering projects following :
and has taken an active role in converting complex
buildings designed with conventional structural • The standard design codes and building codes
steel into simpler and more economical pre- to which Zamil Steel designs.
engineered steel buildings without sacrificing the • Zamil Steel’s recommended deflection
utility and function of these buildings. limitations.
• Description and scope of Zamil Steel
In its quest to become the engineering leader in the engineering output.
pre-engineered steel building industry, Zamil Steel
has pioneered notable advancements in software This chapter should be read in conjunction with the
development and computerization. Today, Zamil following Zamil Steel publications :
Steel is the only PEB company in the world where
all professional staff are equipped with a state-of- • Standard Product Specifications
the-art computer and where 100% of the engineering
output (design calculations, erection drawings, shop • Panel Chart (colors & profiles)
details and bills of material) is produced in digital
format. The latest edition of the above publications may be
requested from the Marketing Department at
In-house developed programs include the following Zamil Steel Head Office or from any Zamil Steel
proprietary software : Area Office.
55
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.2 : Design Codes & Building Codes 1 of 1
Zamil Steel follows universally accepted codes of We prefer to follow the following codes due to their
practice in the analysis, design and fabrication of wide usage in the U.S.A. where the PEB industry
its pre-engineered buildings. designs, manufactures and erects over 250,000 pre-
engineered steel buildings every year.
Zamil Steel is familiar with and is capable of
designing and fabricating in accordance with many It is Zamil Steel’s policy to comply with the latest
accepted international codes including, but not issues, supplements or addenda of these codes.
limited to European Norms (EN), British Standards
(BS), German Standards (DIN), Uniform Building
Code (UBC), American National Standard Institute
(ANSI).
This manual is the authoritative guide for the This manual is used to design cold-formed
design and manufacture of pre-engineered steel sections.
buildings.
56
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.3 : Design Loads 1 of 2
Unless otherwise specified, Zamil Steel designs 5. Collateral load is the weight of additional
buildings for a minimum roof live load of 0.57 materials permanently fixed to the building
kN/m2 as recommended in the 1986 Edition / (other than the dead load and the live load of
1990 Supplement of the “Low Rise Building the building) such as fire sprinklers, mechanical
Systems Manual” of the Metal Building systems, electrical systems, false ceilings,
Manufacturers Association (MBMA). partitions, etc.
3. Snow load is the load resulting from the 6. Crane load is calculated in accordance with
accumulation of snow on the roof. Snow loads Section 6 of the “1996 Low Rise Building
depend on the geographic area where the Systems Manual” of the Metal Building
building is located and the intensity of snow fall Manufacturers Association (MBMA). Crane
in that area. Snow load and roof live load should loads and their corresponding vertical, lateral
not be combined when considering vertical and longitudinal impacts are applied in
loads. accordance with the above noted section.
4. The application of wind load to a structure varies 7. Seismic load is caused by earthquake forces and
from one code of practice to another. For wind is applied horizontally at the center of mass of
load design, Zamil Steel uses the “1996 Low the main structure.
Rise Building Systems Manual” of the Metal
Building Manufacturers Association (MBMA). In pre-engineered buildings that do not contain
The concept is summarized as follows: heavy internal structural subsystems, such as
mezzanines and crane systems, the horizontal
A basic wind speed is specified from which a seismic force is normally applied at the eave of
velocity pressure is calculated. This velocity these buildings.
57
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.3 : Design Loads 2 of 2
In pre-engineered buildings with mezzanines recommended in Table 8.1 of the “1996 Low
and/or crane systems, the horizontal seismic Rise Building Systems Manual” of the Metal
force resulting from each system will be applied Building Manufacturers Association (MBMA).
at the center of mass of that system. “Some most frequently used mezzanine live
loads are listed in section 3.5. Typical dead loads
The structure is designed and constructed to are listed in section 3.6.
resist a minimum total lateral seismic force
(assumed to act non-concurrently in the When partitions are installed on a mezzanine, it
direction of each of the main axes of the is important to specify their type, weight and
structure) in accordance to the following exact location.
formula:
9. Thermal load is the load introduced into
V = 0.14ZKW, where structural members as a result of temperature
variations. Thermal loads increase the unit
stresses in the members. This increase in unit
V = total lateral seismic force or shear at the stress is calculated from the following formula:
base in kN.
Changes in unit stress = E e t, where
Z = numerical coefficient corresponding to
the seismic zone in which structure is
E = Modulus of elasticity of steel
sited, 3/16 for zone 1, 3/8 for zone 2,
= 20340 kN/cm2
3/4 for zone 3 and 1.0 for zone 4.
K = 1.0 for a moment resisting frame. (This e = Coefficient of thermal expansion
typically applies to pre-engineered = 0.0000117 for each degree Celsius
buildings) t = Difference in temperature in degrees
= 1.33 for a braced frame or shear wall. Celsius.
W = total dead load, including collateral
loads and partitions, and a portion of the
building live load specified by the code
according to the usage classification of
the building.
58
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.4 : Collateral Loads 1 of 1
Collateral loads can be uniformly distributed or distributed loads impose a more uniform effect on
concentrated. Collateral loads result from permanent frames, and thereby provides greater flexibility in
installations inside the building that are planned and locating points of suspension.
used to provide the functions of the building such as
false ceiling, lighting, ventilation, AC ducting, piping, The most common collateral loads normally applied
electrical installation, etc. It is recommended to plan to pre-engineered steel building are:
the connection of such installations so that they result
in uniformly distributed loads and minimize the Uniform Load
Description (kN/m2)
concentrated loads. This is due to the fact that
Suspended ceiling
0.05
(framing and tiles)
Roof metal liner panel 0.05
Heating / air conditioning
0.10
ducting
Lighting 0.05
Fire sprinkler system 0.15
59
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.5 : Mezzanine Live Loads 1 of 1
In the absence of actual load data, the following are assumed by Zamil Steel when designing
live loads, extracted from Table 8.1 of the “1996 mezzanine structures:
Low Rise Building Systems Manual” of MBMA,
Light 5.00
Offices 2.50
Lobbies 5.00
Office Buildings
Computer Rooms 5.00
Light 6.25
Warehouses
Heavy 12.50
Retail 3.75
Shopping Stores
Wholesale 5.00
60
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.6 : Building Material Weights 1 of 1
The weights of the most common building materials are given in the table below:
Category Material Weight (kg/m2)
Terrazzo tile 25 mm thick 65
Ceramic or quarry tile 20 mm thick 50
Floors Linoleum or vinyl 6 mm thick 5
Mastic 20 mm thick 45
Hardwood 20 mm thick 18
Softwood 20 mm thick 12.5
75 mm thick 85
100 mm thick 90
Clay tile 150 mm thick 140
200 mm thick 170
250 mm thick 200
Partitions 50 mm thick 47.5
75 mm thick 52.5
Gypsum board 100 mm thick 62.5
125 mm thick 70
150 mm thick 92.5
3-ply ready roofing 5
Built-up 3-ply felt and gravel 27.5
5-ply felt and gravel 30
Wood 10
Shingles Asphalt 15
Clay tile 45 - 70
Roofs Slate (6 mm thick) 50
Sheathing Wood (20 mm thick) 15
Gypsum (25 mm thick) 20
Insulation Loose 2.5
(per 25 mm thickness) Poured-in-place 10
Rigid 7.5
100 mm thick 200
Bricks 200 mm thick 400
300 mm thick 600
100 mm thick 150
Hollow concrete block 150 mm thick 215
(heavy aggregate) 200 mm thick 275
300 mm thick 400
100 mm thick 105
Hollow concrete block 150 mm thick 150
Walls (light aggregate) 200 mm thick 190
300 mm thick 275
100 mm thick 125
Clay tile 150 mm thick 150
Load Bearing 200 mm thick 165
300 mm thick 225
Plastering Cement 50
(25 mm thick) Gypsum 25
Stone (100 mm thick) 275
Structural glass (25 mm thick) 75
Corrugated asbestos (6 mm thick) 15
61
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.7 : Conversion Factors 1 of 2
The table below contains some of the most commonly used conversion factors.
62
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.7 : Conversion Factors 2 of 2
Pound per cubic foot (lb/ft3) 16.02 kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
Density
Ton per cubic yard (ton/yd3) 1.187 metric ton per cubic meter (M.T./m3)
Force per Unit Length Pound per foot (lb/ft) 14.59 newton per meter (N/m)
Stress KIPS per square inch (ksi) 0.690 kilonewton per square centimeter (kN/cm2)
British thermal unit per square foot 5.678 watt per square meter kelvin (W/m2.K)
Heat Transfer
hour degree fahrenheit (Btu/ft2 hr.°F)
Thermal Conductivity British thermal unit per foot hour 1.731 watt per meter kelvin (W/m.K)
degree fahrenheit (Btu/ft. hr.°F)
63
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.8 : Deflection Criteria 1 of 1
Standard codes of practice do not establish clear or design experience, has adopted a conservative
rigid criteria for limiting the deflection of structural policy for defining deflection criteria.
members, this decision is left to the judgment of
the professional design engineer. The following table specifies the deflection
limitations used by Zamil Steel for the various
Zamil Steel, based upon its extensive building structural members used in Zamil Steel buildings.
64
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.9 : Engineering Output 1 of 2
65
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.9 : Engineering Output 2 of 2
comments (if any) on the drawings. Notes on the • Door (sliding, roll up, personnel, etc.) fixing
returned approval drawings must be specific and details.
legible. Non specific and open ended remarks such • Recommended drainage outlet locations.
as “what”, “why”, question marks, exclamation
marks, etc. should be avoided as they do not
During the execution of civil works, anchor bolt
contribute to the resolution of the intended query.
plans must be fully complied with to avoid fitting
problems during erection.
When the customer’s notes are accepted by Zamil
Steel, the approval package becomes binding on
both parties. Waiver of approval drawings for Erection Drawings
simple buildings expedites the fabrication and
delivery of the building(s). Erection drawings are final “Issued For
Construction” drawings. They show the installed
Approval drawings should not be used for locations of every component of a building. Erection
construction or for civil works design. drawings identify the part marks (usually factory
stamped on the steel members) of all the
components of the pre-engineered building.
Design Calculations
Like anchor bolts plans, erection drawings must be
Design calculations consist of the structural analysis
followed precisely by the erector in order to result
and design of all the primary and secondary
in a quality building.
structural members of a building and are submitted
only when specifically requested by the customer.
Design calculations are intended for reference only; Bill of Materials (BOM)
customer approval of design calculations is not
required by Zamil Steel. This is a list of all the components used in a building
and their respective quantities. It is used to verify
the quantities received in the delivery packing lists
Anchor Bolt Plans
and corresponds to the quantities shown on the
erection drawings.
Anchor bolt plans are submitted after all technical
matters are finalized. They are “Issued For
Construction” drawings and are intended to enable
the customer to proceed with civil work foundations
in preparation for the delivery of the pre-engineered
steel building. Anchor bolt plans are put in erection
drawings
66
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.10 : Building Design Certification 1 of 1
Often a government building authority requires the furnish such a certification, signed and stamped by
buyer of a pre-engineered steel building to furnish a U.S. registered professional engineer, at no cost
a building design certificate to attest the design to the buyer. An example of a Building Design
adequacy of the steel building. Zamil Steel can Certification is shown below.
67
CHAPTER 3 : ENGINEERING PRACTICES
Section 3.9 : Building Design Certification 3 of 3
68
C
H
A
STANDARD P
STRUCTURAL
SYSTEMS T
E
R
4
4. Standard Structural Systems
70
CHAPTER 4 : ST ANDARD STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
STANDARD
Section 4.1 : General 1 of 1
In this Chapter the term “standard” refers to the It is the responsibility of the buyer to provide Zamil
most common and most economical structural Steel with the wind speed applicable to a particular
systems supplied by Zamil Steel. More than 80% project as wind speed varies drastically from area
of the pre-engineered steel buildings supplied by to area. Zamil Steel will not design a building for a
Zamil Steel utilize one of the standard structural wind speed that is lower than 110 km/h.
systems mentioned in this chapter. The other 20%
utilize the “other” structural systems described in Bay Length
chapter 5.
A bay length of 7.5 m is used in this chapter because
This section contains information in the form of it is the most economical in most PEB applications.
standard building widths, frame clearance However, 9 m bay lengths are gaining popularity
dimensions, design live load, design wind speed, and acceptance because longer bays often result in
column reactions, and anchor bolt setting plans, that
savings to the overall project cost as their use results
is useful to specifiers. Although this section pertains
in lower foundation costs (fewer rigid frames
specifically to the standard buildings shown, this translates into fewer footings). When bay lengths
information may also serve as a guide to non- greater than 9 m are required, jack beams or open
standard conditions. web joists are used. These permit bay lengths of up
to 18 m.
Zamil Steel can, and often does, supply non-
standard, “custom” buildings without additional
charges for engineering. Non-standard buildings Eave Height
differ from standard structural systems in that they
can have non-standard design loads, building The eave heights noted in this chapter are the most
widths, bay lengths, roof slopes, eave heights, common. Eave heights as high as 30 m can be
module sizes etc. accommodated. Consult your Zamil Steel
representative for advice.
For these special conditions, it is advisable that you
seek the advice of a Zamil Steel representative or a
Zamil Steel certified builder for the most
economical framing system for your building prior
to specifying the basic parameters of a building.
Experience has demonstrated that consultation with
a Zamil Steel representative prior to fixing the
parameters of a building often results in overall
building supply savings that range from 5% to 20%.
Design Loads
71
CHAPTER 4 : ST ANDARD STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
STANDARD
Section 4.2 : Clear Span Buildings 1 of 2
10 CL OF SYMMETRY NOTES :
1
1. THE POSITIVE DIRECTION OF LOADS AND REACTIONS IS INDICATED BY
THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROWS.
2. ALL DATA ON THIS PAGE IS DERIVED FROM THE FOLLOWING :
• DEAD LOAD (DL) = 0.10 kN/m2
• LIVE LOAD (LL) = 0.57 kN/m2
• WIND SPEED = 130 km/h
• BAY LENGTH = 7.5 m
3. “WL” IS THE WIND LOAD RESULTING FROM THE SPECIFIED WIND SPEED.
EAVE HEIGHT
CROSSSECTION
STEEL LIN E
SIDEW ALL
240
200
120 120
15
50 50
220
HL HR HL HR
VL VR VL VR
DL + LL DL + WL
COLUMNBASEPLAN COLUMNREACTIONSDIAGRAM
72
CHAPTER 4 : ST ANDARD STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
STANDARD
Section 4.2 : Clear Span Buildings 2 of 2
10 CL OF SYMMETRY NOTES :
1
1. THE POSITIVE DIRECTION OF LOADS AND REACTIONS IS INDICATED BY
THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROWS.
2. ALL DATA ON THIS PAGE IS DERIVED FROM THE FOLLOWING :
• DEAD LOAD (DL) = 0.10 kN/m2
• LIVE LOAD (LL) = 0.57 kN/m2
• WIND SPEED = 130 km/h
• BAY LENGTH = 7.5 m
EAVE HEIGHT
3. “WL” IS THE WIND LOAD RESULTING FROM THE SPECIFIED WIND SPEED.
WIND LOAD IS APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MBMA 1996 MANUAL.
CROSSSECTION
HL HR HL HR
VL VR VL VR
DL + LL DL + WL
COLUMNREACTIONSDIAGRAM
STEEL LIN E
350
SIDEW ALL
200
STEEL LIN E
120 110 120 200 460 FOR BUILDING WIDTHS 42 & 48 METER
15 120 110 110
15
50 50
220
50 50
220
FOR 30 & 36 METER BUILDING WIDTHS FOR 42 , 48 , 54, & 60 METER BUILDING WIDTHS
COLUMNBASEPLAN COLUMNBASEPLAN
BUILDING EAVE MINIMUM COLUMN REACTIONS (kN)
WIDTH HEIGHT CLEARANCE (mm) DL + LL DL + WL
(mm) (mm) A B VL = VR (+)HL = (-)HR VL HL VR HR
4000 3060 27934 85 110 -45 -55 -30 45
30000 6000 5060 27734 85 75 -50 -50 -35 30
8000 7060 27734 85 60 -55 -45 -35 15
6000 4880 33530 105 115 -60 -65 -40 -45
36000
8000 6880 33530 105 90 -65 -60 -45 -35
6000 4880 39134 125 155 -65 -80 -45 -65
42000
8000 6880 39134 125 120 -70 -75 -50 -50
6000 4700 44930 145 200 -70 -100 -50 80
48000
8000 6700 44930 145 155 -80 -90 -55 65
6000 4700 51126 165 250 -80 -115 -55 100
54000
8000 6700 50726 165 195 -85 -105 -60 80
6000 4690 56530 185 310 -80 -130 -55 115
60000
8000 6690 56526 190 245 -90 -120 -60 95
73
CHAPTER 4 : ST ANDARD STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
STANDARD
Section 4.3 : Multi-Span I Buildings (One Interior Column) 1 of 3
10 CL OF SYMMETRY
NOTES :
1
1. THE POSITIVE DIRECTION OF LOADS AND REACTIONS IS INDICATED BY
THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROWS.
2. ALL DATA ON THIS PAGE IS DERIVED FROM THE FOLLOWING :
• DEAD LOAD (DL) = 0.10 kN/m2
• LIVE LOAD (LL) = 0.57 kN/m2
• WIND SPEED = 130 km/h
• BAY LENGTH = 7.5 m
EAVE HEIGHT
3. “WL” IS THE WIND LOAD RESULTING FROM THE SPECIFIED WIND SPEED.
WIND LOAD IS APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MBMA 1996 MANUAL.
C
4. TO CALCULATE COLUMN REACTIONS FOR OTHER BAY LENGTHS, APPLY
THE FOLLOWING MULTIPLIER FACTOR :
• 6 m BAY = 0.80
A
• 9 m BAY = 1.25
NOTE : FOR BAY LENGTHS GREATER THAN 9 m, CONSULT A ZAMIL STEEL
REPRESENTATIVE.
5. V = VERTICAL REACTIONS H = HORIZONTAL REACTIONS
L = LEFT COLUMN R = RIGHT COLUMN
6. CLEARANCES SHOWN BELOW MAY VARY SLIGHTLY FOR 6 m AND 9 m BAYS.
SPAN
CROSSSECTION
HL HR HL HR
VL V1 V2 VR VL V1 V2 VR
DL + LL DL + WL
COLUMNREACTIONSDIAGRAM
STEEL LIN E
STEEL LIN E
SIDEW ALL
350
SIDEW ALL
240 340
200
200
120 110 120 35 135 135 35
120 120
15
15
50 50
50 50
50 50
220
220
220
FOR 24 & 30 METER BUILDING WIDTHS FOR 36, 42 & 48 METER BUILDING WIDTH S INTERIOR COLUMN
COLUMNBASEPLAN COLUMNBASEPLAN BASEPLAN
74
CHAPTER 4 : ST ANDARD STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
STANDARD
Section 4.3 : Multi-Span II Buildings (Two Interior Columns) 2 of 3
10 CL OF SYMMETRY
NOTES :
1
1. THE POSITIVE DIRECTION OF LOADS AND REACTIONS IS INDICATED BY
THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROWS.
2. ALL DATA ON THIS PAGE IS DERIVED FROM THE FOLLOWING :
• DEAD LOAD (DL) = 0.10 kN/m2
• LIVE LOAD (LL) = 0.57 kN/m2
• WIND SPEED = 130 km/h
• BAY LENGTH = 7.5 m
EAVE HEIGHT
3. “WL” IS THE WIND LOAD RESULTING FROM THE SPECIFIED WIND SPEED.
WIND LOAD IS APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MBMA 1996 MANUAL.
C D 4. TO CALCULATE COLUMN REACTIONS FOR OTHER BAY LENGTHS, APPLY
THE FOLLOWING MULTIPLIER FACTOR :
• 6 m BAY = 0.80
A
• 9 m BAY = 1.25
NOTE : FOR BAY LENGTHS GREATER THAN 9 m, CONSULT A ZAMIL STEEL
REPRESENTATIVE.
5. V = VERTICAL REACTIONS H = HORIZONTAL REACTIONS
L = LEFT COLUMN R = RIGHT COLUMN
6. CLEARANCES SHOWN BELOW MAY VARY SLIGHTLY FOR 6 m AND 9 m BAYS.
SPAN SPAN
CROSSSECTION
HL HR HL HR
VL V1 V2 VR VL V1 V2 VR
DL + LL DL + WL
COLUMNREACTIONSDIAGRAM
STEEL LIN E
STEEL LIN E
350
SIDEW ALL
SIDEW ALL
340
240 200
200 120 110 120 35 135 135 35
120 120 15
15
50 50
50 50
220
50 50
220
220
FOR 36 & 45 METER BUILDING WIDTHS FOR 54, 63 & 72 METER BUILDING WIDTH S
INTERIOR COLUMN
COLUMNBASEPLAN COLUMNBASEPLAN BASEPLAN
BUILDING EAVE MINIMUM COLUMN REACTIONS (kN)
WIDTH HEIGHT CLEARANCE (mm) DL + LL DL + WL
(mm) (mm) A B C D VL=VR HL=HR V1=V2 VL HL V1 V2 VR HR
4000 3520 4633 11370 11800 35 15 70 -20 -15 -45 -25 -15 -5
36000 6000 5520 6633 11370 11800 30 10 70 -25 -15 -45 -35 -15 -10
8000 7340 8633 11170 11800 35 10 70 -30 -20 -45 -40 -10 -15
4000 3340 4782 14170 14800 45 30 80 -30 -20 -55 -30 -20 10
45000 6000 5340 6782 14170 14800 40 20 85 -30 -20 -60 -35 -20 -5
8000 7340 8782 14170 14800 40 15 85 -35 -20 -60 -45 -15 -15
6000 5250 6980 17169 17800 50 20 100 -35 -20 -70 -40 -20 -5
54000
8000 7250 8980 17169 17800 50 15 105 -40 -25 -75 -50 -20 -10
6000 5250 7276 20069 20800 60 35 115 -40 -25 -85 -45 -25 10
63000
8000 7250 9276 20069 20800 60 25 120 -45 -30 -90 -50 -25 -5
6000 5070 7572 23069 23800 70 40 135 -45 -30 -95 -50 -30 15
72000
8000 7070 9572 23069 23800 70 25 140 -50 -30 -105 -60 -30 -5
75
CHAPTER 4 : ST ANDARD STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
STANDARD
Section 4.3 : Multi-Span III Buildings (Three Interior Columns) 3 of 3
10 CL OF SYMMETRY NOTES :
1 1. THE POSITIVE DIRECTION OF LOADS AND REACTIONS IS INDICATED BY
THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROWS.
2. ALL DATA ON THIS PAGE IS DERIVED FROM THE FOLLOWING :
• DEAD LOAD (DL) = 0.10 kN/m2
• LIVE LOAD (LL) = 0.57 kN/m2
• WIND SPEED = 130 km/h
• BAY LENGTH = 7.5 m
EAVE HEIGHT
3. “WL” IS THE WIND LOAD RESULTING FROM THE SPECIFIED WIND SPEED.
WIND LOAD IS APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MBMA 1996 MANUAL.
D E
C
4. TO CALCULATE COLUMN REACTIONS FOR OTHER BAY LENGTHS, APPLY
THE FOLLOWING MULTIPLIER FACTOR :
• 6 m BAY = 0.80
A
• 9 m BAY = 1.25
NOTE : FOR BAY LENGTHS GREATER THAN 9 m, CONSULT A ZAMIL STEEL
REPRESENTATIVE.
5. V = VERTICAL REACTIONS H = HORIZONTAL REACTIONS
L = LEFT COLUMN R = RIGHT COLUMN
6. CLEARANCES SHOWN BELOW MAY VARY SLIGHTLY FOR 6 m AND 9 m BAYS.
SPAN SPAN
CROSSSECTION
HL HR HL HR
VL V1 V2 V3 VR VL V1 V2 V3 VR
DL + LL DL + WL
COLUMNREACTIONSDIAGRAM
STEEL LIN E
STEEL LIN E
SIDEW ALL
350
SIDEW ALL
220
50 50
50 50
220
220
FOR 48 & 60 METER BUILDING WIDTHS FOR 72, 84 & 96 METER BUILDING WIDTH S
INTERIOR COLUMN
COLUMNBASEPLAN COLUMNBASEPLAN BASEPLAN
76
CHAPTER 4 : ST ANDARD STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
STANDARD
Section 4.4 : Space Savers Buildings 1 of 1
10 CL OF SYMMETRY
0.5 NOTES :
1. THE POSITIVE DIRECTION OF LOADS AND REACTIONS IS INDICATED BY
THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROWS.
2. ALL DATA ON THIS PAGE IS DERIVED FROM THE FOLLOWING :
• DEAD LOAD (DL) = 0.10 kN/m2
• LIVE LOAD (LL) = 0.57 kN/m2
EAVE HEIGHT
HL HR HL HR
VL VR VL VR
DL + LL DL + WL
COLUMNREACTIONSDIAGRAM
300 200
SIDEW ALL
SIDEW ALL
50 50
50 50
220
220
FOR 12, 15 & 18 METER BUILDING WID T FOR 6 & 9 METER BUILDING WIDT H
COLUMNBASEPLAN COLUMNBASEPLAN
77
CHAPTER 4 : ST ANDARD STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
STANDARD
Section 4.5 : Lean-To Buildings 1 of 1
NOTES :
1. THE POSITIVE DIRECTION OF LOADS AND REACTIONS IS INDICATED BY
THE DIRECTION OF THE ARROWS.
2. ALL DATA ON THIS PAGE IS DERIVED FROM THE FOLLOWING :
10 • DEAD LOAD (DL) = 0.10 kN/m2
1 • LIVE LOAD (LL) = 0.57 kN/m2
• WIND SPEED = 130 km/h
• BAY LENGTH = 7.5 m
3. “WL” IS THE WIND LOAD RESULTING FROM THE SPECIFIED WIND SPEED.
WIND LOAD IS APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MBMA 1996 MANUAL.
4. TO CALCULATE COLUMN REACTIONS FOR OTHER BAY LENGTHS, APPLY
MAIN THE FOLLOWING MULTIPLIER FACTOR :
BUILDING • 6 m BAY = 0.80
EAVE HEIGHT
• 9 m BAY = 1.25
NOTE : FOR BAY LENGTHS GREATER THAN 9 m, CONSULT A ZAMIL STEEL
B
REPRESENTATIVE.
5. V = VERTICAL REACTIONS H = HORIZONTAL REACTIONS
A
CROSSSECTION
STEEL LIN E
SIDEW ALL
200
100 100
HR HR HR
VR VR VR
50 50
220
HL HL HL
VL VL VL
DL + LL DL + WLL DL + WLR
COLUMNBASEPLAN COLUMNREACTIONSDIAGRAM
78
C
H
A
OTHER P
STRUCTURAL
SYSTEMS T
E
R
5
5. Other Structural Systems
80
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.1 : General 1 of 1
The term “other” in this chapter is not to be As the intention of this chapter is to make you aware
understood to mean less important. The structural of the existence of these alternative structural
systems described in this chapter are viable and systems, only the basic concept of the above
practical in many applications; But because they building systems is demonstrated here.
constitute less than 20% of end-user applications,
it is not necessary to include a comprehensive set Like all our structural systems, the structural
of standard details for them in this manual. systems in this chapter can be customized to meet
your unique requirements.
If your building requirements cannot be satisfied
using the more economical standard structural
systems that are presented in Chapter 4, be assured
that Zamil Steel has the engineering capability and
the experience to supply you with any of the
following alternative building systems:
81
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.2 : Single Slope Buildings 1 of 2
Single Slope (SS) buildings are economical in spans For buildings wider than 12 m, it is common to
that are less than 12 meters. The most common specify a gable roof from economic, as well as
conditions for using Single Slope buildings are: aesthetic, considerations.
Single Slope buildings may be either Clear Spans
• Whenever rain water drainage is required to be or Multi-Spans.
along one sidewall of the building only.
A common application of Single Slope buildings
• When a new Single Slope building is added are demountable buildings such as those used for
directly adjacent to an existing building and the site offices or camp accommodations. These are
designer is required to avoid: typically 3.6 m wide, 12 m long with a 2.4 m eave
• the creation of a valley condition along the height at the lower side.
connection of both buildings that will result
in an expensive water drainage system.
• the imposition of additional loads on the
columns of the existing building.
• the imposition of additional loads on the
foundations of the existing building.
82
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.2 : Single Slope Buildings 2 of 2
GUTTER STRAP
FIXED TO ROOF PANEL
EAVE STRUT
W/ (2)-SD5-5.5 x 57
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS A
AND W/ POP RIVETS ROOF PANEL
TO GUTTER B
FLANGE BRACE
SL2-4.8 x 20 R.F. COLUMN
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
ROOF PANEL
EAVE TRIM
W/SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLIN G
FASTENERS
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
EAVE STRUT
EAVE STRUT
CLIP
SIDEWALL
PANEL SECTION : MULTI-SPAN SINGLE SLOPE WITH TWOSPANS
R.F. RAFTER
DETAIL-B
83
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.3 : Multi-Gable Buildings 1 of 3
84
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.3 : Multi–Gable Buildings 2 of 3
RAFTER
R.F. COLUMN
INTERIOR COLUMN
VALLEY GUTTER
(FIELD LOCATE OUTLET HOLES)
FLOWABLE MASTIC
VALLEY GUTTER SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLING FASTENER FIBERGLASS OUTLET
ROOF PANEL
85
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.3 : Multi-Gable Buildings 3 of 3
CROSS SECTION : MULTI-GABLE BLDG. WITH FOUR GABLES EACH W/ FOUR SPANS
86
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.4 : Roof System Buildings 1 of 3
A Roof System consists of roof rafters, purlins especially for intermediate and large spans. This is
and sheeting specifically designed to install onto due to the fact that the rigid frame action of a pre-
a planned or an existing substructure. The engineered steel building distributes stresses
substructure is normally made of concrete or optimally throughout the frame resulting in a lighter
masonry. and more economical overall structure. In a Roof
System, stresses are concentrated at the midspan
When Zamil Steel supplies a Roof System it of the roof rafter requiring heavier rafters.
assumes that the supporting substructure was
designed by a professional engineer and can
Because of the application-specific requirements for
withstand the load reactions resulting from the
this type of construction, it is difficult to create true
Zamil Steel Roof System. The customer’s engineer
“standards” for Roof Systems. The details on the
must also ensure that his substructure is able to
physically accommodate the required Zamil Steel following pages illustrate only the most common
conditions typical to a Zamil Steel Roof System.
anchor bolts and that the substructure is designed
“It is to be noted that wherever “building width” or
for the proper transfer of loads from the Roof
“building length” is used, it refers to the structural
System to the foundation.
system supplied by Zamil Steel and not to the
Potential problems encountered in Roof Systems substructure.
arise from not having square and accurate concrete
dimensions (at rafter connection elevations) during
the construction process. The tolerances required
for proper anchor bolts setting (± 5 mm) demand
extreme care.
87
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.4 : Roof System Buildings 2 of 3
A
L
C
R. F. RAFTER
R. F. RAFTER
R. F. RAFTER
R. F. RAFTER
EAVE STRUT
B
BUILDING LENGTH AT ROOF (OUT TO OUT OF STEEL FLASHING)
FLOWABLE MASTIC
CLOSURE TRIM
ROOF PANEL
PURLIN
ENDWALL RAFTER
W/ EXPANSION ANCHOR
TO BLOCKWALL
BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SECTION-A
88
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.4 : Roof System Buildings 3 of 3
C D
R.F. RAFTER
A SPLICE IS USED IF BUILDING WIDTH
EXCEEDS 12 METERS
BLOCKWALL BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
FLOWABLE MASTIC FLOWABLE MASTIC
89
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.5 : Flat Roof Buildings 1 of 3
A Flat Roof system provides the convenience of This form of construction has a dead weight that
easy roof accessibility and is usually specified when ranges from 3.0 to 4.5 kN/m2 and a live load carrying
the support of heavy unit loads, such as HVAC capacity of approximately 5.0 kN/m2.
equipment, is a requirement.
Light-W eight Foam Concrete Slab
Light-Weight
Flat Roofs, particularly popular in low rise
This finish approach uses slabs of light-weight foam
buildings, comprise of horizontal main frame rafters
concrete, cast on the steel deck, typically 100 mm
(beams) supporting joists (built-up or open web)
thick at the perimeter of the roof and sloping (at
and a structural steel deck. The steel deck commonly
1/100) towards the centerline of the roof. A
supports a finished floor made up of one of the
waterproofing membrane is installed directly over
following types of roof construction:
the foam concrete. Plain concrete tiles are then laid
over the waterproofing membrane to provide the
Reinforced Concrete Slab final finish surface. No sealant is required between
This is the traditional method of finishing flat roofs; the tiles.
it is identical to a mezzanine finished floor. The roof This form of construction has a dead weight that
slab thickness (measured from the bottom of the ranges from 1.5 to 2.5 kN/m2 and a live load carrying
steel deck to the top of finished concrete) is normally capacity between 1.0 and 2.5 kN/m2.
100 mm thick. Water leakage is prevented by
installing a waterproof membrane directly over the Care should be taken to determine whether heavy
concrete slab and placing light weight fill material equipment is to be placed on the roof. Heavy
(sloped for drainage towards the centerline of the equipment should be supported on elevated roof
roof at 1/100) directly on top of the membrane. This platforms and not directly on the foam concrete slab.
is then tilted with plain concrete tiles whose joints The details on the following pages apply to flat roofs
are filled with sealant. that utilize a reinforced concrete slab.
90
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.5 : Flat Roof Buildings 2 of 3
JOIST
SUSPENDED CEILING
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) RAFTER
COLUMN
REINFORCED
CONCRETE SLAB TILES OR GRAVEL (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SAND FILL (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
ROOF DECKING PANEL
FASTENED WITH SD12-5.5 x 32 SINGLE PLY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
AT 400 mm O.C ALONG
PANEL WIDTH
RAFTER
DETAIL-B
91
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.5 : Flat Roof Buildings 3 of 3
ENDWALL GIRT
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
ALONG PANEL WIDTH
TILES OR GRAVEL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
MASTIC SEALANT
ENDWALL PANEL (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
EDGE ANGLE
TRIM
W/ SL2-4.8 X 20
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
92
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.6 : Low Rise Buildings 1 of 5
Low rise buildings are ideal for offices and other The roof of a low rise building may be flat or sloped.
commercial uses. Low rise buildings, utilizing the Details of flat roof construction can be found
PEB approach, are not only more economical than in section 5.5. Sloped roof details are found
traditional methods of construction but are often throughout this manual, particularly in chapters
constructed in half the “normal” time especially 6 and 7.
when complemented with the following subsystems
Intermediate floors of low rise buildings are made
(not all included within Zamil Steel scope of supply) :
of mezzanine systems whose details are shown in
• Interior gypsum board liner section 11.2.
Zamil Steel low rise buildings may be supplied
• Interior gypsum board partitions without exterior cladding to enable architects to
interface their own special exterior designs utilizing
• Central air conditioning ducting blockwalls, marble, curtainwalls, etc.
93
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.6 : Low Rise Buildings 2 of 5
LOW RISE
LOW RISE BUILDING
BUILDING
WITH
WITH AASHEETED
SHEETED GABLE
GABLE ROOF ROOF
LOW
LOWRISE BUILDING
RISE BUILDING
WITH
WITHA FLAT
AFLAT ROOF
ROOF
94
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.6 : Low Rise Buildings 3 of 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
’X’
A
9000
27000 (CENTER TO CENTER OF COLUMN)
27600 (OUT TO OUT OF STEEL)
STEEL LINE
9000
C
9000
STEEL LINE
COLUMN
C
L
500
75
250
225 225
450
95
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.6 : Low Rise Buildings 4 of 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
54600 (OUT TO OUT OF STEEL)
54000 (CENTER TO CENTER OF COLUMN)
9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000
5 SPACES @ 1800
STEEL LINE
9000
27000 (CENTER TO CENTER OF COLUMN)
27600 (OUT TO OUT OF STEEL)
5 SPACES @ 1800
STAIRWELL
B
9000
5 SPACES @ 1800
9000
D
STEEL LINE
A B C D
27600 (OUT TO OUT OF STEEL)
27000 (CENTER TO CENTER OF COLUMN)
9000 9000 9000
3
1500
4000
STEEL STEEL
4000
LINE 2 LINE
4000
96
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Section 5.6 : Low Rise Buildings 5 of 5
DETAIL-1 SECTION-A
STIFFENERS
EDGE ANGLE
BEAM
STEEL LINE
COLUMN
BEAM
MEZZANINE JOIST
DETAIL-2 SECTION-B
FASCIA CAP FLASHING
TOP MEMBER
BACK-UP PANEL
W/ SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLING FASTENER
FASCIA BRACKET
VALLEY GUTTER
REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
VARIES
FASCIA
BOTTOM MEMBER ROOF DECKING PANEL
JOIST
EDGE ANGLE
SILL TRIM
SOFFIT PANEL
BRACKET
SOFFIT EDGE TRIM W/ (12)-M12 x 35mm LONG
200 STEEL LINE
HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS
600
97
CHAPTER 5 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
98
C
H
A
SECONDARY P
STRUCTURAL
FRAMING T
E
R
6
6. Secondary Structural Framing
100
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
SECONDARY
Section 6.1 : General 1 of 1
Purlins, girts and eave struts are secondary struc- roof purlins and wall girts, respectively, and fastened
tural members used to support the wall and roof to them by means of self-drilling fasteners.
panels. Purlins are used on the roof; girts are used
on the walls and eave struts are used at the For Clear Span (CS) and Multi-Span (MS) buildings
intersection of the sidewall and the roof. the sidewall girts are by-pass connected (by-framed)
to the outer flanges of the exterior columns and are
Secondary members have two other functions: they lapped at each interior rigid frame column.
act as struts that help in resisting part of the
longitudinal loads that are applied on the building For Space Saver (SV) and Lean-To (LT) buildings,
such as wind and earthquake loads, and they provide the sidewall girts are flush-connected (flush-
lateral bracing to the compression flanges of the framed) so that the outer flange of the girt is in the
main frame members thereby increasing frame same plane as the outer flange of the exterior
capacity. columns.
Purlins, girts and eave struts are designed in Endwall girts of all standard buildings are flush-
accordance with the 1986 Edition of the American connected so that the outer flanges of the girts are
Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), "Cold-Formed Steel in the same plane as the outer flanges of the endwall
Design Manual". posts.
Available Thicknesses
Standard Material Specifications (mm)
Surface Finish (equivalent to) Purlins/Girts
Eave Struts
Z-Sections C-Sections
1.5, 1.75, 2.0, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0 2.0, 2.5
Red Oxide(Primer) ASTM A607 Grade 50
2.25, 2.5, 3.0
ASTM A653 Grade SS50, Class I 1.5, 1.75, 2.0, 2.0, 2.5 2.0, 2.5
Pre-Galvanized
2.25, 2.5
101
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.2 : Cold-Formed “Z” Sections 1 of 2
20
Y Z NOTES:
m
m
1. DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT OF SECTION THICKNESS, t.
= 34.50 kN/cm2
X X
4. COIL WIDTH FOR THICKNESSES 1.5 mm, 1.75 mm, 2.0 mm, 2.25 mm,
3.0 mm = 345 mm
t
200 Z 15
t = THICKNES
60mm
SHAPE
Y d = DEPTH
Section Properties
About X-X Axis About Y-Y Axis Others
200Z17 358.8 35.88 31.50 7.71 49.86 24.93 7.01 2.87 97.11 1.92
200Z20 409.1 40.91 38.49 7.70 57.30 28.65 8.05 2.88 111.20 1.92
200Z22 459.1 45.91 44.41 7.69 64.83 32.41 9.10 2.89 125.34 1.93
200Z25 509.0 50.90 50.90 7.68 72.43 36.22 10.16 2.90 139.52 1.93
200Z30 607.9 60.79 60.79 7.66 87.88 43.94 12.32 2.91 168.03 1.94
Allowable Bending
General Data Allowable Moment
Section Shear force (kN.m)
Weight Thick Area Effect. area
(kg/m) (mm) (cm2 ) (cm2) H/t (kN) Ma Ma2*
* Based on a reduction factor of 0.70 for continuous spans and an increase of 33% on allowable stress for wind load applications. (Applicable
only if the span of the longest member is not more than 20% longer than the shortest span). For simple spans multiply Ma2 values by 0.4/0.7.
102
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.2 : Cold-Formed “Z” Sections 2 of 2
21
Y Z NOTES:
m
m
1. DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT OF SECTION THICKNESS, t.
= 34.50 kN/cm2
X X
4. COIL WIDTH FOR THICKNESSES 2.0 mm AND 2.5 mm = 390 mm
t
250 Z 20
t = THICKNES
60mm
SHAPE
Y d = DEPTH
Section Properties
About X-X Axis About Y-Y Axis Others
250Z25 823.7 67.24 67.24 9.19 71.72 35.86 10.22 2.71 171.21 1.89
Allowable Bending
General Data Allowable Moment
Section Shear force (kN.m)
Weight Thick Area Effect. area
(kg/m) (mm) (cm2) (cm2) H/t (kN) Ma Ma2*
* Based on a reduction factor of 0.70 for continuous spans and an increase of 33% on allowable stress for wind load applications. (Applicable
only if the span of the longest member is not more than 20% longer than the shortest span). For simple spans multiply Ma2 values by 0.4/0.7.
103
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.3 : Cold-Formed “C” Sections 1 of 3
85mm
NOTES:
Y
1. DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT OF SECTION THICKNESS, t.
L
2. ALL SECTIONS ARE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COLD-FORMED
STEEL DESIGN MANUAL, AISI 1986 EDITION
t = THICKNES
SHAPE
Xcm Xcg d = DEPTH
Y
Section Properties
About X-X Axis About Y-Y Axis Others
Section Gross Defl. Gross Eff. Rx Iy Iyc Min. Max. Ry Xcg Xcm
Ix Ix Sx Sx Sy Sy
(cm4) (cm4) (cm3) (cm4) (cm) (cm4) (cm4) (cm3) (cm3) (cm ) (cm ) (cm )
200C20 491.7 481.8 49.17 41.45 7.86 73.37 36.69 12.12 29.98 3.07 2.447 3.989
200C25 610.6 609.9 61.06 53.71 7.91 91.76 45.88 15.19 37.32 3.07 2.459 4.016
200C20 6.11 2.0 20.0 7.80 7.28 92.0 25.03 8.56 4.55
200C25 7.64 2.5 21.2 9.75 9.23 73.2 45.98 11.10 5.91
* Based on a reduction factor of 0.40 for simple spans with one unbraced compression side and an increase of 33% on allowable stress for
wind load application.
104
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.3 : Cold-Formed “C” Sections 2 of 3
60mm
NOTES:
Y
1. DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT OF SECTION THICKNESS, t.
L
2. ALL SECTIONS ARE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COLD-FORMED
STEEL DESIGN MANUAL, AISI 1986 EDITION.
t = THICKNES
SHAPE
Xcm Xcg d = DEPTH
Y
Section Properties
About X-X Axis About Y-Y Axis Others
Section Gross Defl. Gross Eff. Rx Iy Iyc Min. Max. Ry Xcg Xcm
Ix Ix Sx Sx Sy Sy
(cm4) (cm4 ) (cm3) (cm3) (cm) (cm4) (cm4) (cm3) (cm3) (cm ) (cm ) (cm )
120C20 120.25 120.25 20.04 20.04 4.81 25.97 12.99 6.58 12.67 2.24 2.050 2.921
120C25 148.51 148.51 24.76 24.76 4.78 32.34 16.71 8.26 15.51 2.23 2.085 2.924
120C30 175.98 175.98 29.33 29.33 4.75 38.67 19.33 9.97 18.23 2.23 2.121 2.924
Allowable Allowable
General Data Shear Bending Moment
Force (kN.m)
Section
Weight Thick L Gross Effect
Area Area H/t (kN) Ma Ma2*
(kg/m) (mm) (mm) (cm2 ) (cm2)
120C20 4.08 2.0 17.43 5.20 5.20 55.00 29.38 3.21 1.71
120C25 5.10 2.5 18.65 6.50 6.50 43.60 37.57 4.04 2.15
120C30 6.12 3.0 19.86 7.80 7.80 36.00 44.67 4.85 2.58
* Based on a reduction factor of 0.40 for simple spans with one unbraced compression side and an increase of 33% on allowable stress for
wind load application.
105
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.3 : Cold-Formed “C” Sections 3 of 3
85mm NOTES:
NOTES:
Y 1. Dimensions are out to TO
out OUT
of section thickness, t.
1. DIMENSIONS ARE OUT OF SECTION THICKNESS, t.
L
2.
2. All sections
ALL SECTIONSareARE
designed in accordance
DESIGNED with the Cold-Formed
IN ACCORDANCE Steel Design
WITH THE COLD-FORMED
Manual,
STEEL AISI 1986
DESIGN Edition
MANUAL, AISI 1986 EDITION
3.
3. Specific YIELD
SPECIFIC yield STRENGTH
strength “Fy”
“Fy” OFofLIGHT
lightGAUGE
gaugeCOLD-FORMED
cold-formed STEEL
steel
= 34.50
34.50kN/cm2 2
kN/cm
=
t
4.
4. C.G.== CENTER
C.G. Center of
OFGravity
GRAVITY
300mm
SC CG 5.
5. S.C. == SHEAR
S.C. Shear Center
CENTER
X X
6.
6. Coil width
COIL WIDTH== 495
495mm
mm
300 C 20
t = THICKNES
SHAPE
Xcm Xcg d = DEPTH
Y
Section Properties
About X-X Axis About Y-Y Axis Others
Section Gross Defl. Gross Eff. Rx Iy Iyc Min. Max. Ry Xcg Xcm
Ix Ix Sx Sx Sy Sy
(cm4) (cm4) (cm3) (cm4 ) (cm) (cm4) (cm4) (cm3 ) (cm3) (cm ) (cm ) (cm )
300C20 1308.5 1308.5 87.23 74.29 11.50 91.81 45.91 14.55 41.90 3.04 2.19 3.61
300C20 7.78 2.0 25.65 9.90 9.14 142.0 15.94 15.34 8.18
* Based on a reduction factor of 0.40 for simple spans with one unbraced compression side and an increase of 33% on allowable stress for
wind load application.
106
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.4 : Cold-Formed Eave Strut Section 1 of 1
85mm NOTES:
L
2. ALL SECTIONS ARE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COLD-FORMED
STEEL DESIGN MANUAL, AISI 1986 EDITION.
t = THICKNES
SHAPE
Xcm Xcg d = DEPTH
Section Properties
About X-X Axis About Y-Y Axis Others
Section Gross Defl. Gross Effec. Rx Iy Iyc Min. Max. Ry Xcg Xcm
Ix Ix Sx Sx Sy Sy
(cm4) (cm4) (cm3) (cm3 ) (cm) (cm4 ) (cm4) (cm3) (cm3) (cm ) (cm ) (cm )
180ES20 390.5 387.2 43.40 37.00 7.21 74.10 37.10 12.70 27.90 3.14 2.656 4.217
180ES25 484.1 484.3 53.80 48.45 7.19 92.50 46.30 15.90 34.70 3.14 2.667 4.244
Allowable Allowable
General Data Shear Bending Moment
Force (kN.m)
Section
Weight Thick L Gross Effect
Area Area H/t (kN) Ma Ma2*
(kg/m) (mm) (mm) (cm2) (cm2)
180ES20 5.88 2.0 22.50 7.50 7.00 82.0 28.09 7.65 4.07
180ES25 7.35 2.5 26.70 9.38 8.93 65.20 45.98 10.01 5.33
* Based on a reduction factor of 0.40 for simple spans with one unbraced compression side and an increase of 33% on allowable stress for
wind load application.
107
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.5 : Secondary Framing Details 1 of 4
E
ROO AC
F PU
RLIN E BR
G
AN
FL
E
AM
D FR
I
RIG TER
A
F
RA AL
L
EW INE
SID EL L
E
ST
UT
TR
VES
EA
T
RU
E ST
V
EAIP
CL
CE
RA
GEB
AN WA
FL LL G
IRT
MN
LU
E CO CAB
AM LE B
D FR RAC
ING
I
RIG
ISOMETRIC : ROOF ANDSIDEWALL FRAMING DETAIL WITH STD. PURLIN, GIRT ANDEAVESTRUT CONNECTION
108
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.5 : Secondary Framing Details 2 of 4
C
L
C
L
705(LAP) 705(LAP)
40 40
80 25 (TYP)
EAVE STRUT 10 10
PURLIN/GIRT
RIGID FRAME EAVE STRUT
GUSSET PLATES RAFTER CLIP
FLANGE
BRACE
47
50
RIGID FRAME
RIGID FRAME COLUMN
680 RAFTER/COLUMN
NOTE:
1. ALL BOLTS ARE M12 MILD STEEL BOLTS
2. FOR RAFTER WITH WEB DEPTH THAT IS
MORE THAN ONE METER AN ADDITIONAL
FLANGE BRACE IS ADDED AS SHOWN IN
BROKEN LINES.
C
L C
L
ROOF 385(LAP) 385(LAP) ROOF
PURLIN 65(LAP) 65(LAP)
PURLIN
25 (TYP) 25 80 25
80
PURLIN/GIRT PURLIN/GIRT
47
50
50
RIGID FRAME RIGID FRAME
RAFTER/COLUMN 680 RAFTER/COLUMN
680
109
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.5 : Secondary Framing Details 3 of 4
RI G
RAF ID FRA EAV
TER ME ES T
RUT
CLIP
GIRT
E
FRAM LUMN
RIGIDIGHT CO
STR A RI G
COL I D FRA
UMN ME
BAS
E A
NGL
E
WAL L
SI DE NE
L LI
STEE
ISOMETRIC : SIDEWALL FRAMING WITH FUSH GIRTS
GIRT CLIP
W (2)-M12 MILD STEEL BOLTS
RIGID FRAME TO EACH SIDEWALL GIRT & (2)-M12
STRAIGHT COLUMN MILD STEEL BOLTS TO RIGID FRAME STRAIGH T
COLUMN
60 80 60
200
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
110
CHAPTER 6 : SECONDAR
SECONDARY Y STRUCTURAL FRAMING
Section 6.5 : Secondary Framing Details 4 of 4
N EL
PA
GE
CA RO RID
ORBLE OF
LIN
E
(AT RODBRAC PU
RL RID
GE
(AT R B I
OO RA G N IN
INT S RIG F) CIN
ER AG ID SA G ER
ME R FR
(ATG RO TT
DIA OD AM GU
TE ER RID D
OF AF GE
RO TE )
R
SA OF)
( GR
EA AT O
VE EA D
RO ST VE
OF RU )
PA T
NE
L B
C AL
EW E
L
SID L LIN
E E
ZA
ST
MI
L
EN
D
DW
ST A
EE LL DO
LL
INE WN
SP
OU
CA T
ORBLE
(AT RODBRA
WA BRCIN
RIG LL) AC G
ING
ID
SA FR
AM
(AT G RO EC
WAL D OL
L) UM
SID N
EW
AL
LG
A IRT
WA
L LP
AN
EL
40 CL OF RIDGE
SAG ROD
80
25
40 40 EAVE STRUT SHEETING ROOF LINE
CLIP ANGLE
CLIP
SAG ROD
EAVE STRUT
60
SIDEWALL GIRTS
ROOF LINE
SAG ROD
111
112
C
H
A
BASIC P
STRUCTURAL
T
SUBSYSTEMS
E
R
7
7. Basic Structural Subsystems
114
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.1 : General 1 of 1
The strength of the pre-engineered building system We recommend that you read the following Zamil
lies in its ability to incorporate a large number of Steel publications in conjunction with this chapter:
structural subsystems that use standard components
and standard design approaches to satisfy a wide • Standard Product Specifications
range of custom requirements. • Panel Chart (colors & profiles)
The structural subsystems that form a basic Zamil At Zamil Steel we make it a point to continuously
Steel pre-engineered building consist of: review and enhance the details shown in this
chapter. Our purpose is to develop details that are
• Bracing Systems more economical, more fabrication friendly and
• Secondary Members more erection friendly. We strongly embrace the
• Post & Beam Endwalls partnering concept of doing business and we
acknowledge that most improvements are the result
Other structural subsystems, which are discussed of feedback from concerned well-meaning
in chapter 10, satisfy two types of requirements: customers. Thus, we sincerely solicit your views
and suggestions to improve our product and
• Aesthetic (mainly fascias) welcome any improvements you may suggest.
• Functional (canopies, roof extensions, partitions, All the details in this chapter are current as of the
mezzanines, etc.) date of this printing. Zamil Steel reserves the right
to change or modify these details if and when it
This chapter isolates each basic structural
deems necessary.
subsystem, explains its function and displays the
most common details for its use in a Zamil Steel
pre-engineered building.
115
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.2 : Bracing 1 of 3
This is the standard bracing system commonly used Minor axis bending is most common in shade
in the roof and sidewalls of pre-engineered steel structures (mostly car parking structures) which
buildings. Members used for the diagonals are require walls to be fully open for access. These
galvanized cable strands (Zamil Steel’s standard), structures are usually long, have low eave heights
solid smooth rods, flat bars or angles. and consist of a large number of bays.
Portal Bracing
116
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.2 : Bracing 2 of 3
CA EL
ORBLE AN
EP
E
AT RODBRAC E LIN
G
RIG RO B IN
OF RAC G
R IDG
RID
ID ING ER
FR TT
AM GU
E RA
RO FT
OF ER
PU
RL
IN
EA
VE
ST
RO RU
OF T
PA
NE
L
L
AL
EW E
SID L LIN
E E
ST
ZA
MIL
EN
DW
ST ALL DO
EE
LL
IN
WN
E SP
OU
CA T
ORBLE
AT RODBRAC
WA B IN
RIG LL RAC G
ING
ID
FR
AM
E CO
SID LU
EW MN
AL
LG
IRT
WA
LL
PA
NE
L
CABLE BRACE
WEB OF RIGID FRAME
WEB OF RIGID FRAME COLUMN OR RAFTER
COLUMN OR RAFTER
BRACE
BRACE ROD
GRIP WELDED BACK-UP
WELDED BACK-UP PLATE
PLATE
HILLSIDE WASHER
HILLSIDE WASHER
FLAT WASHER
FLAT WASHER
117
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.2 : Bracing 3 of 3
PO
AN R TA A ME
GL L F FR ST
R ID
E B RA ID CA (AT UT T
PO
RT RA ME RIGFTER ORBLE KN UB RIGAMER
CE RA R
F FTE
AL (AT RODBRAC EE E
RA
FT RO BR ING ) RA
ER OF AC
E ) ING
AM
FR
ID N
RIG RIGLUM ID
FR ID CO RIG
RIGAME N
RAAME FR ID FR LUM
FT
ER RAAME CO
FT
ER
RIG
FR ID
COAME
LU AL
L RIG
MN EW INE FR ID
SID EL L COAME
E
ST LU LL
MN WA E
DE I N
T SI L L
OL ST
EE
HB
ITC
ST
PO
RT
AL CA
CO
LU ORBLE
MN (AT RODBRAC
W A BR ING
LL) AC
ING
DETAIL : PORTAL FRAME DETAIL : CABLE OR ROD BRACING WITH STRUT TUBE
C
DETAIL-B
DETAIL-B
DETAIL : ANGLE BRACE WITH STRUT TUBE
DETAIL : ANGLE BRACE WITH STRUT TUBE
118
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 1 of 15
The Endwall Frame of a pre-engineered building When a main rigid frame is used, a distance of 385
may be designed as a main Rigid Frame (R.F.), mm is maintained between the centerline of the main
i.e., similar to an interior frame, or as a Post-and- frame column and the outside flange of endwall
Beam (P&B) frame. posts (i.e. the endwall steel line). This is to provide
sufficient lap for purlins and girts in case of a future
Post-and-Beam Endwall expansion. Endwall posts provided in this type of
framing system are designed to carry horizontal
The Post-and-Beam endwall system of framing wind forces only.
consists of columns (posts), with pinned ends,
supporting endwall rafters. Girts are flush-framed Standard endwall post spacing is 6 m, but this may
between posts to provide lateral stability and a neat be changed to accommodate special needs such as
appearance. very wide doors.
119
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 2 of 15
2
BASE ANGLE
(FOR FULLY SHEETED WALLS)
ENDWALL GIRTS
3
SIDEWALL GIRTS
4 GIRT CLIP
1 2
BASE ANGLE
(FOR FULLY SHEETED WALLS)
120
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 3 of 15
STEEL LIN E
ENDW ALL
EN
(SINDWA
GLE LL C
-C S OR m S ST
ECT NE
ION R P LIP 35 m OLT PO
) OS S E C 12 x EEL B NER
T BA (4)-M D ST OR OLT
C B
W/ G MIL ALL HOR
N W
LO END ANC
6
TOD M1
CORNER POST
BA
AN
L OF ENDW ALL
W/ SE A LL A
M N DW INE
(NA ASOGLE EN EL L
ILS NR S T E
NO Y
T B NA
Y Z ILS
AM
IL S
43 43
TEE
L)
C
BASE ANGLE
W/ MASONRY NAILS
(NAILS NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) SIDEWALL
STEEL LIN E
NOTCH
LT
40
SID
R BO E
ST WAL 40
E 100
AT HO EE L
E PL ANC LL
INE NOTCH
S 6 M16 ANCHOR BOLTS
BA )-M1
(1
W
BA L
AL
W/ SE A DW NE
L
AL E BA EN EL LI
M N DW
W/ SE A
N E
(NA ASOGLE EN L L I ST
ILS NR EE M N
NO Y ST (NA ASOGLE
T B NA ILS NR
Y Z ILS NO Y
AM T B NA
IL S Y Z ILS
TEE AM
L ) IL S
TEE
L )
SID
T E
LT SI OL ST WAL
BO
D
ST EWAL RB EE L
LL
R EE ATE CHO INE
TE O L L PL N
LA NCH LI
NE SE 6 A
S E P 16 A BA 2)-M1
BA 2) -M W/
(
(
W/
121
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 4 of 15
STEEL LIN E
ENDW ALL
EN
(DODWA
UBL LL I
E-C NTE
SEC RI
TIO OR
N) PO
S T M16 ANCHOR BOLTS
L
AL
DW INE
EN EL L
T E
S
BA
W/ SE A
INTERIOR POST
M N
(NA ASOGLE
ILS NR
L OF ENDW ALL
NO Y
T B NA
Y Z ILS
AM
IL S
TEE
L)
43 43
C
BASE ANGLE
W/ MASONRY NAILS
TS
OL (NAILS NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
E RB
AT HO
PL NC
A SE 16 A
B 2)-M 40 100
(
W/ NOTCH
NG EN
LO OS
T (BUDWA
EN L IP mm R PT ILT- LL
C 5 S I O UP INT
(SINDW SE 3 LT R L
BA M12 x L BO INTE R BO
SEC ER
GLE ALL TIO IOR
E L O N)
-C S INT
ECT ER W/ STE AL NCH PO
ST
D W
ION IOR MIL END M16 A
) PO TOD (1)- BA L
ST AL
AN L W/ SE A DW INE
AL M N EN EL L
DW INE (NA ASOGLE ST
E
EN EL L ILS NR
BA T E NO Y
S T B NA
W/ SE A Y Z ILS
M N AM
(NA ASOGLE IL S
ILS NR TEE
NO Y L )
T B NA
Y Z ILS
AM
IL S
TEE
L )
OL
T LTS
B BO
E OR TE OR
AT H LA CH
PL NC E P 16 AN
A SE 16 A S
BA 2)-M
B 1)-M (
(
W/ W/
122
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 5 of 15
EN GIRT CLIP
INTDWA
(BU ERIOLL
ILT- R
UP PO
SEC ST
TIO
N) L
AL
DW INE
EN EL L
E
ST
ENDWALL GIRT ENDWALL GIRT
IRT
60
LG
AL
200
DW
80
EN
60
ENDWALL
STEEL LINE
GIR
TC
LIP ENDWALL
90 90 INTERIOR POST
(BUILT-UP SECTION,
OR SINGLE-C SECTION,
OR DOUBLE-C SECTION)
IRT PLAN
LG
AL
DW
EN
ALL BOLTS ARE M12 X 35 mm A307 BOLTS
EN
EN INTDWA
L
INTDWA (SINERIO L
L GLE R P
(DO ERIO L -C S OS
UBL R P ECT T
E-C OS ION
SEC T ) L
TIO AL
N AL
L DW INE
) EN EL L
DW INE ST
E
EN EL L
E
ST
IR T
T LG
GIR AL
L L DW
WA EN
D
EN
GIR
GIR TC
TC LIP
LIP
IR T
T LG
GIR AL
AL
L DW
DW EN
EN
123
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 6 of 15
ENDW ALL
STEEL LIN E
L T
AL OS )
IR T
N DWER P TION
LG E RN SEC
AL CO LT-UP 200
DW I
EN (BU
60 80 60
LIP
TC
GIR
IRT
EN
D LG
ST W AL AL ENDWALL GIRT
EE L
L EW
LI
NE SID
LL
WA E
DE I N
SI EL L
E
ST
GIRT CLIP
90
ENDWALL CORNER POST
IP
T CL (BUILT-UP SECTION, OR
GIR IP
SINGLE-C SECTION, OR
CL DOUBLE-C SECTION)
ING
300
T
EE
SH
200
SIDEWALL GIRT
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
L T L T
AL OS ) AL OS N)
DW R P ION DWER P CTIO
EN RNE SECT N
E RN C SE
IRT CO GLE-C IRT CO BLE-
LG (SIN LG (DO
U
AL AL
DW LIP DW
EN EN LIP
TC TC
GIR G I R
IRT IRT
LG LG
EN AL EN AL
D
ST W AL EW D
ST W AL EW
EE L
L
SID EE L SID
LI L
NE LI
NE
LL
WA E LL
DE I N WA E
SI EL L DE I N
E SI EL L
ST E
ST
LIP LIP
TC TC
GIR GIR
LIP CL
IP
GC
ET
IN T ING
HE EE
S SH
124
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 7 of 15
STEEL LIN E
ENDW ALL
IP CL OF RIGID FRAME
G CL COLUMN
TIN
EE 385
SH
200
IP
T CL 60 80 60
GIR
L
AL
DW INE
EN EL L IRT
E LG
ST AL
DW
EN
ENDWALL GIRT
E
AM
FR
I G ID N GIRT CLIP
R LU M
CO RIGID FRAME
SID COLUMN
E
ST W A
EE LL
LL
INE
90
200
IRT
LG
AL
EW
SID SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
SHEETING CLIP
ISOMETRIC
ISOMETRIC PLAN SIDEWALL GIRT
40 40
ROOF LINE
RIDGE SPANNER A
B ROOF LINE
90
SHEETING ANGLE
35
PURLIN
60 115
DETAIL-A
ELEVATION ENDWALL RIDGE SPANNER
STEEL LINE
RIDGE SPANNER PURLIN
M12 x 35mm LONG PURLIN
SHEETING ANGLE 40 MILD STEEL BOLTS
RIGID FRAME TO RIGID FRAME RAFTE R
40
RAFTER
60
C
L OF RIGID FRAME
RAFTER * ENDWALL
CENTER POST
385
ENDWALL
STEEL LINE RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
GABLE ANGLE NOTE:
* ENDWALL CENTER POST 1. ALL BOLTS M12 x 35 mm LONG HIGH
STRENGTH BOLTS.
385
125
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 8 of 15
RIDGE LINE
ROOF LINE
1500 ROOF LINE
40 40
INTERIOR
SPANNER C D
90
60 115
PURLIN
35
SLOTTED HOLE (TYP)
GABLE ANGLE W/
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
*ENDWALL INTERIOR POST
TO EACH PURLIN
INTERIOR SPANNER
* ENDWALL INTERIOR POST
ELEVATION DETAIL-C
PURLIN ENDWALL
INTERIOR SPANNER INTERIOR SPANNER
W/ (2)-M12 x 35mm LONG STEEL LINE
40 MILD STEEL BOLTS
RIGID TO RIGID FRAME RAFTER PURLIN
FRAME 40
RAFTER
C
L OF RIGID FRAME
60
RAFTER
* ENDWALL
385
INTERIOR POST
E PURLIN
ROOF LINE
GABLE ANGLE
EAVE STRUT
CLIP
ENDWALL
RIGID FRAME ENDWALL RIGID FRAME
RAFTER RAFTER
STEEL LINE
ENDW ALL
COLUMN
200
ELEVATION VIEW-E
DETAIL – 8 : CORNER CONNECTION ATEAVE OF RIGID FRAME ENDWALL
126
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 9 of 15
G C
L OF RIGID FRAME
ON
m L LTS
x 35 mL BO
M12 EE
(2)- D ST
STEEL LINE
ENDW ALL
EN 40 40
D
ST WAL MIL
EE L
LL
LIN / ERS
E W EN
INE
R
PU N GL FAST PURLIN
EA G
BL LLIN LIN
GA F DRI PUR
L H
SE EAC
TO
385
40 E
AM
D FR
40 IGI
FR R
CL O AFTE
R FLANGE
BRACE
CE 385
RA
G EB F TE
R
AN RA
FL E
AM
FR ISOMETRIC RIGID FRAME GABLE ANGLE
ID
RIG RAFTER
ISOMETRIC ELEVATION
DETAIL – 9 : PURLIN CONNECTION AT RIGID FRAME RAFTER OF RIGID FRAME ENDWALL
RIDGE LINE
P&B RIDGE SPANNER F SHEETING ANGLE
40 40 ROOF LINE
G ROOF LINE
PURLIN
90
CLIP
35
60
400
25
* SLOTTED HOLE
BACK-UP CLIP
P&B RIDGE SPANNER CLIP
EXTENDED END PLATES
** P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
(SINGLE-C SECTION)
WITH ONE ADDITIONAL BOLT FOR
ERECTION PURPOSES @ HIGHER ENDWALL CENTER POST
END OF EACH RIDGE RAFTER
ENDWALL CENTER POST
(SINGLE-C SECTION)
ELEVATION
ELEVATION DETAIL-F
PURLIN
P&B RIDGE SPANNER W/ (2)-M12 X 35 mm LONG ENDWALL P&B RIDGE SPANNER
MILD STEEL BOLTS STEEL LINE
40
TO ENDWALL RAFTER PURLIN
40
40
BACK-UP
CLIP
60
400
40
SHEETING ANGLE
385
85
BACK-UP
** P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
(SNGLE-C SECTION)
CLIP NOTE:
60 40 EXTENDED END PLATE
1. ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm LONG HIGH
ENDWALL CENTER POST PLAN STRENGTH BOLTS.
(SNGLE-C SECTION)
*2. CUT OUTER FLANGE LIP OF ENDWALL
CENTER POST (SINGLE-C SECTION).
SECTION-G
**3. ENDWALL RAFTER CAN BE EITHER A SINGLE-
C OR DOUBLE-C SECTION.
127
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 10 of 15
RIDGE LINE
P&B RIDGE SPANNER H ROOF LINE
I STITCHED MILD 40 40 ROOF LINE
SHEETING ANGLE STEEL BOLTS
PURLIN AT EVERY PURLIN
LOCATIONS
90
35
60
400
25
*
SLOTTED HOLE
EXTENDED END PLATES P&B RIDGE SPANNER
** (DOUBLE-C
P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
SECTION)
WITH ONE ADDITIONAL BOLT FOR
ERECTION PURPOSES @ HIGHER
ENDWALL CENTER POST
END OF EACH RIDGE RAFTER
ENDWALL CENTER POST (DOUBLE-C SECTION)
(DOUBLE-C SECTION) ELEVATION DETAIL-H
DETAIL-H
ELEVATION
P&B RIDGE SPANNER PURLIN
W/ (2)-M12 X 35 mm LON ENDWALL P&B RIDGE SPANNER
40
STEEL LINE
MILD STEEL BOLTS
40 TO ENDWALL RAFTER PURLIN
40
40
SHEETING ANGLE
60
400
385
C
L * ** P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
85
100
PURLIN
90
35
25
60
SLOTTED HOLE
P&B RIDGE SPANNER
* P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
(BUILT-UP SECTION)
EXTENDED END PLATES
WITH 2 ADDITIONAL BOLTS FOR ENDWALL CENTER POST
ERECTION PURPOSES @ HIGHER (BUILT-UP SECTION)
ENDWALL CENTER POST END OF EACH RIDGE RAFTER DETAIL-J
DETAIL-J
(BUILT-UP SECTION)
ELEVATION
ELEVATION ENDWALL
P&B RIDGE SPANNER
STEEL LINE
P&B RIDGE SPANNER PURLIN
40 W/ (2)-M12 X 35 mm LON PURLIN
MILD STEEL BOLTS
40 TO ENDWALL RAFTER
40
60
* (BUILT-UP
40
C
L ENDWALL CENTER POST
100
(BUILT-UP SECTION)
ENDWALL STEEL LINE
40
NOTE: 60 40 EXTENDED END PLATE
* P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
(BUILT-UP SECTION) 1. ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm LONG HIGH
128
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 11 of 15
90
60
35
25
400
SLOTTED HOLE
* BACK-UP CLIP
BACK-UP CLIP
P&B INTERIOR
EXTENDED END PLATES SPANNER ENDWALL INTERIOR POST
** P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
(DOUBLE-C SECTION)
WITH ONE ADDITIONAL BOLT FOR
ERECTION PURPOSES @ HIGHER
(SINGLE-C SECTION)
60
40
400
** P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
385
* (DOUBLE-C SECTION)
85
100
CLIP
60
35
25
400
* SLOTTED HOLE
P&B INTERIOR
SPANNER ENDWALL INTERIOR POST
EXTENDED END PLATES
(DOUBLE-C SECTION)
** P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
(SINGLE-C SECTION)
WITH ONE ADDITIONAL BOLT FOR
ERECTION PURPOSES @ HIGHER
ENDWALL INTERIOR POST
END OF EACH RAFTER DETAIL-N
( DOUBLE- C SECTI ON)
ELEVATION PURLIN
ENDWALL
STEEL LINE
P&B INTERIOR SPANNER
P&B INTERIOR SPANNER W/ M12 x 35mm LONG
40 MILD STEEL BOLTS PURLIN
TO ENDWALL RAFTER
40
40
60
400
*
385
(SINGLE-C SECTION)
85
129
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 12 of 15
90
60
35
25
SLOTTED HOLE
60
40
(BUILT-UP SECTION)
C
L
100
STEEL LINE
(SINGLE-C SECTION)
ENDWALL
EAVE STRUT ROOF LINE
STEEL LINE
ENDWALL
R EAVE
120 40
STRUT
10
200
S
225
70
100
STEEL LINE
SIDEWALL
NOTE: 80
85 ENDWALL CORNER
*1. ENDWALL RAFTER CAN BE EITHER A SINGLE-
POST 100
C SECTION. (SINGLE-C SECTION)
2. ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm LONG HIGH
ELEVATION STRENGTH BOLTS.
SECTION-R
DETAIL – 12 : “SINGLE – C” CORNER POST ATEAVE OF P & B ENDWALL
130
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 13 of 15
**
300 P&B ENDWALL ENDWALL CORNER
STEEL LINE
RAFTER POST
ENDW ALL
(DOUBLE-C SECTION) (DOUBLE-C SECTION)
EAVE STRUT ROOF LINE
STEEL LINE
ENDW ALL
EAVE
T STRUT 120 40
10
200
U
225
*400
70
80 EAVE STRUT
STITCHED MILD STEEL BOLT S CLIP
100
EAVE STRUT CLIP AT EVERY PURLIN LOCATION
**
(DOUBLE-C SECTION)
NOTE: 80
ENDWALL CORNER
*1. CUT OUTER FLANGE LIP OF ENDWALL POST
CORNER POST (DOUBLE-C SECTION) WHERE 100
85 85 (DOUBLE-C SECTION)
ENDWALL RAFTER IS FITTED.
**2. ENDWALL RATER CAN BE EITHER A DOUBLE-
ELEVATION C OR SINGLE-C SECTION.
3. ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm LONG HIGH
SECTION-T
STRENGTH BOLTS UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED.
STEEL LINE
ENDW ALL
*
V
200
W
225
70
EAVE STRUT
CLIP
SECTION-W
SECTION-W ENDWALL CORNER
POST
80
ENDWALL CORNER POST 100
(BUILT-UP SECTION) (BUILT-UP SECTION)
NOTE: SECTION-V
SECTION-V
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
*1. ENDWALL RATER CAN BE A BUILT-UP,
SINGLE-C, OR DOUBLE-C SECTION.
2. ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm LONG HIGH
STRENGTH BOLTS.
131
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 14 of 15
STEEL LINE
ENDWALL
PURLIN
IN
RL
PU
CLIP
P&
B
(SIN END
100 GLE WA P&B ENDWALL RAFTER
-C S LL
ECT RAF (SINGLE-C SECTION)
L ION TE
AL ) R
DW NE
EN EL LI 80 60
E
ST
100
ISOMETRIC
ISOMETRIC NOTE:
ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm LONG MILD STEEL BOLTS.
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
STEEL LINE
ENDWALL
L
AL E
100 DW
EN L LIN PURLIN
EE
ST
P&
B
(DO END IN
UBL WA RL
E-C LL PU
SEC RA
TIO FTE
N) R
N
TIO
O CA
LI NL
UR 80 60
YP
V ER
E )
AT AL 100
TS PIC
B OL (TY
ED
IT CH
ST NOTE:
ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm LONG WILD STEEL BOLTS.
ISOMETRIC ELEVATION
ELEVATION
132
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.3 : Endwalls 15 of 15
PU
STEEL LINE
RL
ENDWALL
IN
PURLIN
80 60
CL
OF
RA END
FT WA
ER LL
(2)-M12 X 35 mm LONG
MILD STEEL BOLTS P&B ENDWALL
RAFTER
100 (BUILT-UP SECTION
P&
100 (BUB EN
ILT- DW
UP AL
SEC L R ELEVATION
L
AL NE
ISOMETRIC
TIO AF
N) TE ELEVATION
DW
EN L L I
EE
ISOMETRIC R
ST
NOTE:
THE WIDTH OF THE P&B ENDWALL RAFTER (BUILT-UP SECTION)
SHOWN IN THIS THIS IS EQUAL TO OR ABOVE 130 mm WIDE.
PU IP
RL
IN CL
105
CLIP
CL
OF 60
RA END P&B ENDWALL
FT WA 100
ER LL RAFTER
(BUILT-UP SECTIO N
ELEVATION
PURLIN
60 80
CLIP
P&
(BUB EN
ILT- DW
100 UP AL P&B ENDWALL
SEC L R
TIO AF RAFTER
N) TE (BUILT-UP SECTION
L
AL E R
DW I N 25
EN EL L
STE ISOMETRIC
ISOMETRIC
NOTE: VIEW-A
THE WIDTH OF THE P&B ENDWALL RAFTER (BUILT-UP SECTION)
SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL IS LESS THAN 130 mm WIDE.
133
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.4 : Jack Beams 1 of 5
A jack beam is a horizontal structural member. It Zamil Steel jack beams can be straight or tapered
normally spans between two alternate frames in built-up sections and are designed to support verti-
order to support the roof rafter of the intermediate cal and horizontal loads when used in exterior
frame at a column location when that column has sidewall applications, and vertical loads only when
to be removed to provide clear space at the finished used in interior Multi-Span applications.
floor level.
134
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.4 : Jack Beams 2 of 5
PU
RLI
N
EA
VE
STR
UT
ME
RA
ID F
RIG TER
F
RA
ME
RA
IGID FN
R LUM
CO
ALL
EW E
SID EL LIN
OR TE
FLO
S
H ED
IS JAC
FIN EL KB
LEV EA
M
JACK BEAM
RIGID FRAME RIGID FRAME
COLUMN COLUMN
BAY BAY
2 BAYS
135
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.4 : Jack Beams 3 of 5
STIFFENER
(NEAR AND FAR SIDE)
ROOF LINE
PURLIN
EAVE STRUT
FLANGE STAY
( 75mm x 75mm x 6mm T
SIDEW ALL STEEL LINE
JACK BEAM
SECTION-A
DETAIL-1
136
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.4 : Jack Beams 4 of 5
PU
RLI
EAV N
ES
TR
UT
E
AM
ID FR
RIG TER
F
RA
E
AM
ID FR
RIGLUMN
CO
AL L
EW NE
SI DEL L I
OR ST E
D FLO
IOR E ISH
E
ER AM FIN EL
INT ID FR V
RIG UMN LE
L
CO
JACK BEAM
INTERIOR INTERIOR
RIGID FRAME RIGID FRAME
COLUMN COLUMN
BAY BAY
2 BAYS
137
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.4 : Jack Beams 5 of 5
SHEETING
ANGLE
10mm
ROOF LINE
GUSSET PLATE
STIFFENER
FLANGE STAY
( 75mm x 75mm x 6mm THK)
STIFFENER PURLIN
(NEAR AND FAR SIDE)
ROOF LINE
10mm
GUSSET PLATE
STIFFENERS
FLANGE STAY
( 75mm x 75mm x 6mm THK)
138
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.5 : Expansion Joints 1 of 5
Materials expand when heated and contract when The following table shows the temperature
cooled. The amount of expansion or contraction variations during the year in different locations of
depends on the type of the material and its molecular Saudi Arabia.
structure.
139
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.5 : Expansion Joints 2 of 5
The maximum building length allowed before an Lateral expansion for buildings due to thermal
expansion joint is needed to resist longitudinal loads is normally considered in the design of a frame
expansion can be calculated from the following only when the frame width exceeds 100 m.
formula:
Example:
24 x N where, A 117 m long building located in Riyadh, Saudi
L =
[ (0.0921 x K x ∆ T )-1 ] Arabia, is made of 13 equal (9 m) bay lengths. The
building is not air-conditioned. Is there a need for
L = Maximum building length, m an expansion joint?
N = Number of bays
From the table on page 1 of 5 of this section (ÐT in
∆ T = Temperature variation, °K Riyadh = 35½ K.
K = 1.00 for buildings without air The building is not air conditioned so K = 1.00
conditioning
The above formula is based on a maximum There is no need to provide an expansion joint in
allowable stress of 2.5 kN/cm2 on the purlins due the building.
to thermal expansion.
140
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.5 : Expansion Joints 3 of 5
PL
(BOATE E
FRAM TER
TH RIGIDMN/RAF
SID L U
ES) CO PURLIN/GIRT
R ACE
GE B
FLAN SIDE)
(FIXED
IRT E
LIN/G ID
PUR NSION S
EXP A EXPANSION
IP CLIP
N CL
NSIO
EXP A
LI N
/PUR
GIRT SIDE) IMPORTANT:
(FIXED PURLIN / GIRT SHOULD REST OVER EXPANSION CLIP AS
SHOWN ABOVE.
DETAIL-1
EAVE STRUT
EXPANSION CLIP
T C
L OF FRAME
STRU
EA VE 195 RIGID FRAME
EAVE STRUT RAFTER
EXPANSION CLIP (FIXED SIDE)
30 100 10
IP
N CL
NSI O
EXP A
1
(8)-M12 X 35 mm LONG
MN HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS EAVE STRUT
COL U CLIP
AME
D FR
RI GI
RIGID FRAME RAFTER RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
RIGID FRAME COLUMN
ISOMETRIC
ELEVATION : EAVESTRUT CONNECTION ATEXPANSION JOINT
141
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.5 : Expansion Joints 4 of 5
RO
OF ION
P NS
AN P A RIM
EL EX NT T
I
JO
ION
NS
P A RIM
EX NT T
I
JO
L
NE
L PA
AL
W
C
L OF EXPANSION JOINT
C
L OF FRAME
PURLIN OR GIRT
(FIXED SIDE)
142
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.5 : Expansion Joints 5 of 5
C
L OF EXPANSION JOINT
20 20
END CLOSURE END CLOSURE
OASIS EAVE
GUTTER
DOWNSPOUT
JOINT TRIM
C
L OF EXPANSION JOINT EXPANSION
JOINT TRIM JOINT TRIM LAP POP RIVET
SELF DRILLING
RIDGE PANEL FASTENER ROOF
PANEL
BEAD
MASTIC
PURLIN
SHEETING RIDGE PANEL
ANGLE
SECTION-X SECTION-Y
L OF RIDGE
C RIDGE PANEL ROOF PANEL
L OF EXPANSION JOINT
JOINT TRI M
C
LAP
JOINT TRIM
143
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.6 : Masonry Conditions 1 of 2
As a normal practice the walls of a Zamil Steel masonry wall in order to provide a watertight joint
building are sheeted with pre-painted Zincalume and a neat finished appearance.
panels available in a range of standard colors. Pre-
painted panels are economical, attractive and easy When considering the partial removal of the metal
to install. wall sheeting, it is important to know the standard
location of wall girts so that an economically sound
However, in some applications, clients find it decision can be made. The location of the first wall
necessary to specify a partial height or full height girt is at 2.25 meters above the finished floor level
masonry wall or blockwall. The most common and this is the most economical height for
reasons for choosing a blockwall are when: blockwalls in a standard Zamil Steel pre-engineered
building.
• Storage inside the building might be placed
against the exterior walls of the building.
144
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.6 : Masonry Conditions 2 of 2
IM N G
TR LLI
B LE DRI
GABLE ANGLE GA SELF RS
E
W/ TEN
S
FA
CLOSURE TRIM ENDWALL RAFTER
PU
MASONRY NAIL RL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
IN
RO
OF
PA
N EL
IL
NA EEL)
N RY IL ST EN
BLOCKWALL SO ZA M DW
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) MAT BY AL
LR
(NO RIM AF
ET TE
R
S UR
O L)
CL
LL TEE
K WA MIL S
OC ZA
ENDWALL STEEL LINE BL T BY LE
(NO NG
L EA
B ISOMETRIC
SECTION GA ISOMETRIC
DETAIL : BLOCKWORKS AT GABLE
ROOF PANEL
BLOCKWALL IM
TR
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) IP
DR
N EL
PA
LL
WA )
EL
L TE
AL L S
SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL
C KWZAMI
STEEL LINE O
BL T BY
SECTION (NO ISOMETRIC
DETAIL : BLOCKWORKS AT GIRT
145
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.7 : Pre-cast Panels 1 of 2
Precast concrete panels are one of the numerous required since, precast panels are produced
types of wall systems that can be easily integrated off-site.
and are very frequently used with pre-engineered
steel buildings. Zamil Steel does not supply precast Precast panels are self-supported on the ground.
panels, however, many standard details for precast Horizontal structural members are supplied by
concrete walls or a combination of precast concrete Zamil Steel on the wall to provide lateral stability.
walls and sheeted walls have been developed. Zamil Steel also supplies special brackets to support
precast panel fascias.
Even though precast concrete panels are more
expensive than cast in-situ concrete and concrete In order to accommodate the precast wall system
block, they offer several advantages: in the design and detailing of the pre-engineered
steel building, clear sketches should be submitted
•. Precast panels can be sized, shaped and textured to Zamil Steel, at the quotation stage. The sketches
to suit the architectural requirements of the should clearly illustrate the exact dimensions of the
buildings. precast panels and the details of the fixing points.
• Installation of the precast panels is faster and It is also important to provide Zamil Steel with the
easier. name of precast concrete supplier and his project
• Precast panels are prepared in controlled manager in-charge, in order to obtain other details
environments versus cast in-situ concrete that related to their precast system such as loading
requires extensive on site supervision and conditions, fixing system, etc.
inspection.
For further information consult any Zamil Steel
• Lengthy casting and curing times on-site are not representative.
146
CHAPTER 7 : BASIC STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
Section 7.7 : Pre-cast Panels 2 of 2
FASCIA BRACKET
FIXED TO RIGID PLATE WELDED TO
FRAME COLUMN FASCIA BRACKET
W/ HIGH STRENGTH ROOF PANEL PURLIN
BOLTS INSIDE FOAM
CLOSURES
EAVE POINT
PRE-CAST PANEL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) RIGID FRAME RAFTER
PURLIN
(C-SECTION)
VALLEY GUTTER
L
SUPPORTING TUBE
(TYP)
ANCHORAGE
EAVE HEIGHT
SUPPORTING ANGLE
WELDED TO SUPPORTING TUBE
SUPPORTING TUBE
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
ANCHORAGE
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
PRE-CAST PANEL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
PRE-CAST PANEL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) WELDS
(TYP)
SUPPORTING ANGLE
(TYP)
147
148
C
H
A
SINGLE SKIN P
PANELS T
E
R
8
8. Single Skin Panels
150
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN PANELS
PANELS
Section 8.1 : General 1 of 1
The term “panel” in this context refers to the metal Zamil Steel offers eight different panel profiles, each
skins used as roof and wall panels, interior roof and is suitable for one or more application in the
wall liners, partition panels, soffit panels, etc. Zamil building. Please refer to the publication “Zamil
Steel offers a variety of profiles, base metals, metal Steel’s Panel Chart (colors & profiles)” for the most
substrates and coatings for its panels. current availability of panel colors and thicknesses.
Zamil Steel stocks two different base metals for the Zamil Steel panel offering can be summarized in
panels: steel and aluminum. the following table:
Specification Profile
Base Metal Substrate Metal Paint Systems Type
Plain
151
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.2 : Steel Panels 1 of 2
Zamil Steel has developed its range of offering 2. “XPD” : The term “XPD” is an abbreviation
of steel panels to suit different applications, for exterior premium durability. This is the well-
environment exposures and loading conditions. known polyvinyl fluoride coating (PVF2,
PVDF, etc.) equivalent to Kynar 500. It is
Exterior Face Finish Coating stocked in the following:
Zamil Steel offers three types of exterior face finish Nominal Skin
Color
Thickness (mm)
coatings for its steel panels. The term “exterior”
refers to the exposed face of the metal panel, i.e. 0.5 Frost White
the visible face. The nominal film thickness of the 0.6 Frost White
finish coating system is 1 mil (25 microns). For 0.7 Frost White
152
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.2 : Steel Panels 2 of 2
153
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 1 of 11
Zamil Steel’s standard pre-painted steel panel is The three upgrades to Zamil Steel’s standard
XRW, a modified polyester polymer coated over pre-painted Zincalume XRW panels, listed in the
Zincalume, and is available in all Zamil Steel’s table below are outlined in the following pages of
standard colors. The test data of the panel coatings this section.
are outlined in section 8.4.
154
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 2 of 11
XR
XRWW Coating over Zincalume Specifications
Base metal : ASTM A792 Grade 50 B steel (or
XRW is an acronym for “exterior roofing and equivalent)
walling”. The base metal is coated with a corrosion
resistant zinc/aluminum alloy produced by a Substrate : Zincalume AZ 150
continuous hot-dip process. The result is a sheet with Pretreatment : Proprietary corrosion resistant
the strength of steel, the superior durability of conversion coating.
aluminum and the sacrificial corrosion protection
of zinc. Primer coat : Universal corrosion inhibitive
epoxy primer, 5 microns nominal
High technology over-cured paints are applied to thickness, applied to both sides.
the Zincalume steel base to produce the high Exterior face : Modified polyester polymer, 20
performance Zamil Steel pre-painted panels. finish coat microns nominal thickness. The
finish coat is available in stand-
The first stage in painteing is the chemical ard, specially selected colors.
conversion coating. This ensures secure and uniform
Interior face : Off-white polyester, 7 microns
bonding of the paint while improving corrosion
backing coat nominal thickness.
resistance.
155
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 3 of 11
156
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 4 of 11
157
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 5 of 11
XPD is an acronym for “exterior premium Base metal : ASTM A792 Grade 50 B steel (or
durability”. This polyvinyl fluoride (also known equivalent)
as PVF2 and Kynar 500) coating has long been Substrate : Zincalume AZ 150
developed for roof, wall and architectural panel
applications which demand high performance in Pretreatment : Proprietary corrosion resistant
both long-term color and gloss finish durability. conversion coating.
Primer coat : Universal corrosion inhibitive
The base material is a zinc/aluminum alloy coated epoxy primer, 5 microns nominal
steel sheet. The steel sheet undergoes pretreatment thickness, applied to both sides.
and conversion and is then coated with a corrosion
Exterior face : Polyvinyl fluoride (PVF2) paint,
resistant primer before the top coat is applied.
finish coat 20 microns nominal thickness.
The sophisticated fluorocarbon-based paint system The finish coat is available in any
of this coating ensures high color retention. desired color.
Interior face : Off-white polyester, 7 microns
Zamil Steel's XPD coating is ideal for buildings backing coat nominal thickness.
located 500 meters to 1000 meters from the sea
coast or in heavy industrial areas. It is particularly
suited for applications such as power stations,
airport terminals and other large industrial and
commercial projects.
158
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 6 of 11
159
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 7 of 11
160
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 8 of 11
XSE is an acronym for "exterior severe Base metal : ASTM A653 Grade SS50 Class I
environments". This high end coating system steel (or equivalent)
employs the latest anti-corrosive steel and coating Substrate : Galvanized G90 (275g/m2)
technology and is ideal for use in severe marine
and industrial environments. Pretreatment : Proprietary corrosion resistant
conversion coating.
The hot-dip galvanized steel substrate undergoes Primer coat : Highly corrosion resistant high
pretreatment and conversion, then a specially film-build primer on both sides,
developed, high film-build, corrosion resistant 25 microns thick on the exterior
primer is applied to both sides. face and 10 microns thick on the
interior face.
The color fastness and surface adhesion tests for
this product are impressive. Bend tests show a Exterior face : Polyvinyl fluoride (PVF2) paint,
finish coat 20 microns nominal thickness.
remarkable formability and no loss of adhesion or
signs of paint cracking are experienced. The Interior face : Proprietary custom formulated
flexibility and performance of XSE makes it suitable backing coat system in gray color, 7 microns
for use in the harshest conditions such as severe nominal thickness.
coastal and tropical environments.
161
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 9 of 11
162
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 10 of 11
163
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.3 : Steel Panel Paint Systems 11 of 11
164
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.4 : Steel Panel Coating Tests 1 of 3
Kesternich SO 2 Test
Test QUV Test
Test
The tests in this section apply to the exterior face of the panel which is exposed to the outside environment
165
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.4 : Steel Panel Coating Tests 2 of 3
Kesternich SO 2 Test
Test QUV Test
Test
The tests in this section apply to the exterior face of the panel which is exposed to the outside environment
166
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.4 : Steel Panel Coating Tests 3 of 3
Kesternich SO 2 Test
Test QUV Test
Test
The tests in this section apply to the exterior face of the panel which is exposed to the outside environment
167
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.5 : Steel Panels Properties & Load Tables 1 of 8
EXTERNAL
COLOR
4.66
32
40 240 40 40 240 40 40 240 40
960 MODULE
Section Properties*:
Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Panel Nominal Nominal
Nominal Weight Area lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
Thickness
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.50 4.68 5.96 4.47 1.39 7.79 0.29 2.55 1.53 1.44 0.30 4.51 2.71
0.60 5.62 7.16 6.19 2.07 9.74 0.43 3.46 1.96 1.98 0.40 8.81 4.32
0.70 6.55 8.35 7.57 2.84 11.76 0.59 4.46 2.41 2.64 0.50 12.67 6.16
168
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.5 : Steel Panels Properties & Load Tables 2 of 8
EXTERNAL COLOR
25
64 152 148 152 148 152 64
900 (MODULE)
Section Properties*:
Nominal Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Panel Nominal
Nominal Weight Area lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
Thickness
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.50 4.99 6.36 4.05 2.15 4.97 0.44 3.44 2.22 3.14 0.46 11.89 5.97
0.60 5.99 7.63 5.13 2.96 6.30 0.61 4.50 2.83 4.31 0.58 18.58 9.44
0.70 6.99 8.91 6.15 3.64 7.61 0.75 5.61 3.44 5.55 0.71 25.45 13.40
169
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.5 : Steel Panels Properties & Load Tables 3 of 8
1046
EXTERNAL COLOR
30
4
111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111
1000 (MODULE)
Section Properties*:
Nominal Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Panel Nominal
Nominal Weight Area lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
Thickness
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.50 4.49 5.73 3.80 1.27 6.53 0.26 2.23 1.49 1.30 0.27 4.61 2.63
0.60 5.39 6.87 5.16 1.91 8.30 0.39 3.01 1.91 1.79 0.37 8.42 4.18
0.70 6.29 8.02 6.48 2.53 10.13 0.52 3.89 2.34 2.34 0.48 12.13 5.95
170
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.5 : Steel Panels Properties & Load Tables 4 of 8
EXTERNAL COLOR
50
2
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
800 (MODULE)
Section Properties*:
Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Panel Nominal Nominal
Nominal Weight Area lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
Thickness
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.50 5.62 7.16 16.19 3.69 13.13 0.76 11.28 4.51 4.09 0.85 7.60 4.78
0.60 6.74 8.59 22.53 5.34 16.34 1.10 15.02 5.76 5.54 1.14 14.85 7.68
0.70 7.86 10.02 28.94 7.22 19.57 1.49 19.16 7.06 7.17 1.46 25.65 10.99
171
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.5 : Steel Panels Properties & Load Tables 5 of 8
EXTERNAL
COLOR
30
4
72 69 72 72 69 72 72 69 72 72 69 72 72 69 72
1065 (MODULE)
Section Properties*:
Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Panel Nominal Nominal
Nominal Weight Area lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
Thickness
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm3 kN.m kN kN
0.50 4.71 6.00 4.86 1.82 6.91 0.38 3.07 1.86 1.90 0.38 7.74 4.18
0.60 5.65 7.20 6.45 2.59 8.66 0.54 4.16 2.40 2.67 0.50 13.61 6.64
0.70 6.59 8.39 7.75 3.38 10.35 0.70 5.36 2.96 3.57 0.61 19.59 9.44
172
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.5 : Steel Panels Properties & Load Tables 6 of 8
1065 MODULE
EXTERNAL COLOR
6.4
1092.5
Section Properties*:
Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Panel Nominal Nominal
Nominal Weight Area lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
Thickness
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.50 4.22 5.38 0.12 0.32 0.35 0.07 0.19 0.31 1.98 0.06 4.20 5.58
0.60 5.06 6.45 0.17 0.40 0.56 0.08 0.23 0.43 2.50 0.09 5.25 8.68
0.70 5.91 7.53 0.22 0.49 0.82 0.10 0.28 0.52 3.00 0.11 6.30 12.18
173
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.5 : Steel Panels Properties & Load Tables 7 of 8
312
12 300 (MODULE)
75 150 75
EXTERNAL COLOR
25
SCULPTURED RIBS
335
Section Properties*:
Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Panel Nominal Nominal
Nominal Weight Area lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
Thickness
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.50 5.38 6.85 1.93 1.17 1.82 0.24 3.00 7.94 1.36 0.28 3.67 4.09
0.60 6.45 8.22 2.62 1.62 2.33 0.33 3.89 10.00 1.76 0.36 4.58 6.37
0.70 7.53 9.59 3.36 2.13 2.87 0.44 4.82 12.09 2.17 0.45 5.50 8.94
174
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.5 : Steel Panels Properties & Load Tables 8 of 8
312
12 300 (MODULE)
EXTERNAL COLOR
25
335
Section Properties*:
Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Panel Nominal Nominal
Nominal Weight Area lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
Thickness
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.50 5.38 6.85 1.93 1.17 1.82 0.24 3.00 7.94 1.36 0.28 3.67 4.09
0.60 6.45 8.22 2.62 1.62 2.33 0.33 3.89 10.00 1.76 0.36 4.58 6.37
0.70 7.53 9.59 3.36 2.13 2.87 0.44 4.82 12.09 2.17 0.45 5.50 8.94
175
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.6 : Aluminum Panels 1 of 1
All Zamil Steel aluminum panels conform toASTM Interior Face Finish
B209 Alloy 3003 Temper H26 (or equivalent). The interior face finish coating is a 5 microns thick
Zamil Steel offers 0.7 mm (nominal thickness)
(nominal) Frost White wash coat.
aluminum panels in three finishes.
Through laboratory and environmental testing the
1. Plain aluminum panels: This is suitable mainly
Environ coating system used for the aluminum
for roof applications in moderate environments.
panels at Zamil Steel has proven to have excellent
physical properties and to greatly improve:
2. Powder coated aluminum panels: Powder
coating, in almost any color, can be applied to
plain aluminum panels (see section 8.3 for
• Resistance to chalking
powder coating specifications). The RAL color • Color retention
of the paint must be provided at time of order.
This type of finish is suitable for roof and walls • Corrosion resistance
in moderate environments. • Durability
3. Environ coated aluminum panels: This is
stocked in Frost White color only. Other colors
of Environ are available upon request but require
an extended delivery of 20 - 24 weeks. The
specifications of the Environ coated aluminum
panel are detailed below:
Base Material
The base material for these panels is aluminum
pretreated by chromate conversion. Zamil Steel
offers aluminum panels in one nominal thickness
only; 0.7 mm.
Primer Coat
The pretreated aluminum panel is coated, on both
sides, with 5 microns (nominal) thick Environ
primer.
176
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.7 : Aluminum Panels Properties & Load Tables 1 of 5
960 MODULE
EXTERNAL
COLOR
4.66
32
40 240 40 40 240 40 40 240 40
Section Properties*:
Panel Weight Area Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Nominal
Thickness lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm3 kN.m kN kN
0.70 2.31 8.34 7.57 2.84 11.76 0.27 4.46 2.41 2.64 0.23 5.93 2.88
177
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.7 : Aluminum Panels Properties & Load Tables 2 of 5
900 (MODULE)
EXTERNAL COLOR
25
64 152 148 152 148 152 64
Section Properties*:
Panel Weight Area Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Nominal
Thickness lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm3 kN.m kN kN
0.70 2.47 8.90 6.15 3.64 7.61 0.35 5.61 3.44 5.55 0.33 11.91 6.27
178
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.7 : Aluminum Panels Properties & Load Tables 3 of 5
1000 (MODULE)
EXTERNAL COLOR
30
4
111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111
1046
Section Properties*:
Panel Weight Area Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Nominal
Thickness lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.70 2.22 8.01 6.48 2.53 10.13 0.24 3.89 2.34 2.34 0.22 5.68 2.78
179
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.7 : Aluminum Panels Properties & Load Tables 4 of 5
1065 (MODULE)
EXTERNAL COLOR
30
4
72 69 72 72 69 72 72 69 72 72 69 72 72 69 72
Section Properties*:
Panel Weight Area Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Nominal
Thickness lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.70 2.33 8.39 7.29 3.42 8.43 0.33 5.36 2.96 3.57 0.28 9.17 4.42
180
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.7 : Aluminum Panels Properties & Load Tables 5 of 5
1065 (MODULE)
EXTERNAL COLOR
6.4
1092.5
Section Properties*:
Panel Weight Area Top in Compression Bottom in Compression Web Shear & Crippling
Nominal
Thickness lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma lx Sx-Top Sx-Bottom Ma Va Pa
mm kg/m 2 cm 2 cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m cm 4 cm 3 cm 3 kN.m kN kN
0.70 2.09 7.51 0.22 0.49 0.82 0.05 0.28 0.52 3.00 0.05 2.95 5.70
181
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.8 : Exterior Roof & Wall Panel Details 1 of 4
Exterior single skin panels are used on the roofs Zamil Steel roof and wall panels are available in
and walls of structures to provide a protective all standard panel colors. Standard and optional
outer shell. roof and wall single skin panel profiles and
their respective available colors are noted in the
Zamil Steel offers three different profile options for following table.
single skin roof and wall panels. They are: Profile
“B”, Profile “R” and Profile “A”. The properties of these panels can be found in
section 8.5.
The choice of the profile is primarily dependent on
aesthetic preference, economy and the level of
expertise of the erection crew. Since all these panels
use the same raw material coil width, a panel with
more ribs or deeper ribs will generally have a
narrower width (coverage area), a higher load
capacity and a higher price.
Standard Optional
Panel Location
Panel Profile Finish Color Panel Profile Finish Color
Roof Panel “B” Zincalume “A” All standard colors
Wall Panel “R” All standard colors “A” or “B” All standard colors
182
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.8 : Exterior Roof & Wall Panel Details 2 of 4
IC
SD AST RS
D M LAP GL
E NE
SE 5-5.5
L
FA F DR x 2
C A
BE EN D L) G AN 0 F A STE
RO AT P ICA TIN N x2 G
OF S
EN TENEIL LI
5 EE RLI .8 IL LIN
PA
N D L RS NG (TY SH PU - 4 P NE
RS
EL OF 2 R TELIN S
AP AT RO SL LF D LA A S
GA SE SIDE R
BL 25 G F P U
EA AT 5 x IN TE
NG 5 -5.DRILLEDIA
LE SDLF R M 25 G
SE INTE 5 x IN
OU
T T D5 -5.DRILSL AT
CL SID A S LF ER
OS E F
UR OA SESTENTR UT
E M FAVE S M
GA EA OA
E FE
W/ BLE T I
S R D
S R
SE L2-4. IM IN OSU
FA LF D 8 x 20 CL M
OA
ST RIL
EN LI I D EF
ER NG TS R E
S OUOSU
CL
E
EAVRUT
ST
A EAV
W/ SE TRI
B SE L2-4.8
M
FA LF DRx 20
ST IL
EN LIN
ER G
S
25 G
.5 x LIN
D 5-5DRIL S AT
S LF ER L)
SE TEN PICA
S
FA LL (TY T
WA GIR
A LL
DW
EN
D EW
ALL
SIDRT
GI
LP
AN
EL D
AL
DW
EN
EN
DWAL
ST L
EE
LL
IN E
E
L
AL
EW E
SID L LIN
EE
LE S T
NG
S EA
BA
SI
DE
UR
E E SL
WA
LL
PA
OS 2 NE
CL SE 4.- L
M AT LF DR8 x
OA CL
IP
EF RT E
2
AT 60 0 ILLI 0
ID GI L E A m m NG
INS A NG CH O FAS
NG TR
IM SI .C TE
TI DE NE
EE R RS
SH RNE
CO
183
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.8 : Exterior Roof & Wall Panel Details 3 of 4
TIC
AS LE RS
SD
C A D M LAP NG NE
SE 5-5.5 BE END L) GA S TE
RO FA LF DRx 25 AT PICA I N A
OF EE
T LIN 20 G F
S
EN TEN ILLIN (TY SH UR 8 x IN S
PA
NE D L ER G FP 2 -4. RILLP ER
RO
O L
S LF D LA EN S
GA
L AP S A
T E D E A ST RLIN
BL S SI 25 G F PU
EA AT .5 x LIN ATE
NG 5-5DRIL EDI
LE D
S LF RM 25 G
SE INTE 5 x IN
OU
T 5 -5. RILLS AT
CL TSID A SDLF D ER T
OS E F
UR OA SESTENTRU
E M FA VE S
EA AM
GA
B FO
W/ LE T S IDE RE
S R
SE L2-4. IM IN OSU
FA LF D 8 x 20 CL M
OA
ST RIL EF
EN LIN
ER G T SID RE
S OUOSU
CL
VE
EARUT
ST
A EA V
W/ S E TR
B SE L2-4.8M
I
FALF DRx 20
ST IL
EN LIN
ER G
S
D A LL
25 G EW
.5 x LIN SID T
D 5-5DRIL S AT )
S LF ER AL D GI R
SE TEN YPIC
S T
FA ALL (
W IRT
LG
AL
DW
EN EL
PN
LA
DW
AL F
EN
F
SID
EN PA EW
D
ST W AL
NE AL
EE L L
LL L
INE
L
AL
EW E
SID L LIN
EE
ST
E
UR
L OS
MC
OA EL
)
ID EF L TE
TS W AL IL S LIP
OU K A M TC
L OCBY Z G I R CO
B T RN
(NO SL ER
TR
SE2-4.8 IM
L
AT F D x 20
6 R
AT 00 LLII
LE EA mm NG
ANG DR CH O FA
ING IP SID .C STE
T TR E NE
EE IM RS
SH
184
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.8 : Exterior Roof & Wall Panel Details 4 of 4
ROOF PANEL
SECTION-A : ROOF ANDWALL PANEL ATEAVE SECTION-B : ROOF ANDWALL PANEL ATGABLE
P
200 PANEL LA SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL
STEEL LINE
SD5-5.5 x 25
100 100
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
BEAD MASTIC
PURLIN
75
TER
TOP OF RAF
25
WALL PANEL
(SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL)
SECTION-C : ROOF PANEL AT PURLIN (ENDLAP) SECTION-D : WALL PANEL AT GIRT (ENDLAP)
SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL
SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL
STEEL LINE
STEEL LINE
BASE ANGLE
WALL PANEL
SD5-5.5 x 25
WALL PANEL SELF DRILLING
FASTENER SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER GIRT
INSIDE FOAM (SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL)
CLOSURE MASONRY NAIL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) INSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
50
CONCRETE
NOTCH
DRIP TRIM
150
FINISHED GRADE
LEVEL BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
185
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 1 of 14
Liner panels are used to conceal the roof purlins, Also available as a standard offer is 0.7 mm thick
wall girts and fiberglass insulation on the inside of bare marine aluminum panels and Environ pre-
roofs and walls of pre-engineered buildings where painted aluminum panels in Frost White color only.
a neat and smooth finished appearance is desired.
186
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 2 of 14
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
SHEETING DIRECTION
SIDEWALL GIRT
"C "
PROFILE "R" LINER PANEL
W/ SD5-5.5 x 25
"A" SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
AT 333 mm O.C ALONG GIRT
PLAN : PROFILE “R” LINER PANEL DETAILS WITH RIGID FRAME ATENDWALL
[EXTERIOR WALLPANELS ARE SHOWN IN BROKEN LINES]
ENDWALL
INTERIOR COLUMN
ENDWALL GIRT
1000
SHEETING DIRECTION
333
ENDW ALL
STEEL LINE
30
4
STEEL LINE
ENDW ALL
ENDWALL GIRT
ENDWALL
INTERIOR COLUMN
SHEETING DIRECTION
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
187
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 3 of 14
T LINE
WALL LINER PANEL
CORNER TRIM
T LINE
SD5-5.5 x 25
ENDW ALL GIR
DETAIL-A : LINER AT CORNER (R.F. END) DETAIL-B : LINER AT CORNER (P&B END)
NOTE: RIGID FRAME OR ENDWALL COLUMN DEPTH ARE MORE THAN 200 mm NOTE: RIGID FRAME OR ENDWALL COLUMN DEPTH ARE NOT MORE THAN 200 mm
DETAIL : LINER ATWALLS WITH FLUSH GIRTS DETAIL : LINER ATWALLS WITH FLUSH GIRTS
188
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 4 of 14
HEAD TRIM
EAVE TRIM FASTENED TO LINER
PANEL W/ SL2-4.8 x 20 GABLE TRIM
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
HEAD TRIM
FASTENED TO LINER
PANEL W/ SL2-4.8 x 20 DETAIL : ROOF ANDWALL LINER ATGABLE
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
75
AS REQUIRED
WALL PANEL
200
WALL LINER PANEL
W/ SD5-5.5 x 25 WALL PANEL
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
INSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
WALL PANEL WALL LINER GIRT
PANEL
DRIP TRIM
SD5-5.5 x 25
BASE ANGLES
SELF DRILLING
75
FASTENERS
AS REQUIRED
INSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
TRIM
FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL
FINISHED GROUND
LEVEL MASONRY NAILS
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
189
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 5 of 14
EAVE TRIM
EAVE TRIM
SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLING
SD5-5.5 x 25
FASTENER
SELF DRILLIN G SD5-5.5 x 25
ROOF LINER FASTENER SELF DRILLING
PANEL FASTENER
WALL PANEL
OUTSIDE FLANGE
WALL LINER PANEL OF COLUMN
FLANGE
LINER PANEL BRACE
CLIP
SPACER TRIM
SD5-5.5 x 25 INTERIOR RIDGE CAP FLANGE BRACE
SELF DRILLING W/ SL2-4.8 x 20
FASTENER SELF DRILLING FASTENERS GUSSET PLATE EDGE TRIM W/ SL2-4.8 x 20
RAFTER SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
ROOF LINER PANEL OR COLUMN
DETAIL : ROOF LINER ATRIDGE DETAIL : LINER ATROOF OR WALL W/ FLANGE BRACE
190
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 6 of 14
C
L OF RIDGE SHEETING ANGLE
ROOF PANEL
OUTSIDE FOAM BEAD
THROAT OPENING 300 CLOSURE SD5-5.5 x 25
SKYLIGHT
SELF DRILLING 100 100
TRIM
A PURLIN
SPACER FASTENER (MIN.)
TRIM
100 100
(MIN.)
FTER
TOP OF RA
TRIM
B W/ SL2-4.8 x 20
SELF DRILLING
ROOF LINER 245 245 SD5-5.5 x 25 FASTENERS
SHEETING
PANEL SELF DRILLING SD5-5.5 x 25 ANGLE ROOF LINER
PANEL OPENING FASTENER SELF DRILLING PURLIN PANEL
SL2-4.8 x 20 FASTENER (FIELD CUT)
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
ROOF PANEL SHEETING SKYLIGHT SD5-5.5 x 25
RIDGE VENT ANGLE SELF DRILLING
ROOF PANEL FASTENERS
PURLIN
TRIM
TRIM ROOF LINER SPACER TRIM
SPACER TRIM PANEL W/ SL2-4.8 x 20
ROOF LINER W/ SL2-4.8 x (FIELD CUT)
PANEL SELF DRILLIN G SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
SECTION-A
SECTION- A FASTENERS AT SECTION-B
TRIM WITH
SL2-4.8 x 20 SD5-5.5 x 25
SD5-5.5 x 25 ROOF LINER SELF DRILLING
SELF DRILLING PANEL SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
FASTENER FASTENER
SHEETING ANGLES
ROOF CURB WALL LIGHT
ROOF PANEL D
WALL LIGHT
SPACER TRIM
TRIM W/ SD5-5.5 x 25 AT EVERY
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS SECTION-D 300 mm O.C
191
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 7 of 14
E
WALL PANEL
WALL LINER
PANEL
DOOR LEAF
TRIM
W/ POP RIVETS
15
DOOR HEADER
JAMB TRIM
SECTION-E
WALL LINER SPACER TRIM WALL LINER
TRIM
PANEL PANEL
W/ POP RIVETS F
G HEADER TRIM
GIRT
WALL PANEL
SECTION-G
I
TRIM
LOUVER POP RIVET
SHEETING ANGLE
SECTION-H SECTION-I
192
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 8 of 14
WALL LINER
PANEL
WALL LINER
PANEL
DOOR HEIGTH
K JAMB TRIM
ROLL-UP DOOR
SECTION-J CURTAIN GUIDE
N JAMB TRIM
WINDOW FRAME
M TRIM SECTION-L
ELEVATION : WINDOW VIEWED FROM INSIDE
BUILDING
WINDOW GLASS
SPACER TRIM TRIM
WALL LINER W/ SD5-5.5 x 25 W/ POP RIVE T
PANEL SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
WINDOW FRAME
SHEETING ANGLE
JAMB TRIM
W/ POP RIVET S
WALL LINER
WALL PANEL PANEL
WALL PANEL
SECTION-N SECTION-M
DETAIL : LINER ATWALL WITH WINDOW
193
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 9 of 14
HEAD TRIM
O
WALL LINER
PANEL
DOOR HEIGTH
JAMB TRIM
P
DOOR WIDTH
GIRT
WALL PANEL WALL LINER
PANEL JAMB TRIM
POP RIVET
GIRT CLIP SD5-5.5 X 25
WALL LINER
PANEL SELF DRILLING FASTENER
HOOD TRIM
SPACER TRIM
90
HEADER
205
PLATE
HEAD TRIM
W/ SD5-5.5 X 25
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
TOP DOOR
MEMBER FRAMED OPENING
HEADER FRAMED OPENING
REINFORCEMENT JAMB
JAMB WALL PANEL
DOOR PANEL DOOR JAMB
SECTION-P
SECTION-P
CLIP
SECTION-O
SECTION-O
194
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 10 of 14
F.O. HEADER
Q F.O. HEAD TRIM
WALL LINER
PANEL
WALL PANEL
F.O. HEIGHT
R F.O. HEAD
TRIM
F.O. HEAD TRIM
WALL LINER
PANEL SECTION-Q
S F.O. TRIM
F.O. WIDTH
SECTION-R SECTION-S
158 SD5-5.5 x 25
65 65 158 SELF DRILLING FASTENER
195
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 11 of 14
C
L OF EXPANSION JOINT INSIDE
C CLOSURE
L OF FRAME VALLEY GUTTER
JOINT TRIM PURLIN
W/ SL2-4.8 x 20
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS CURVED EAVE
150 150 PANEL
ROOF OR WALL
PANEL
ROOF LINER
PANEL
SD5-5.5 x 25
GIRT SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
HEAD TRIM
W/ SL2-4.8 x 20
PURLIN SELF DRILLING FASTNERS
LINER PANEL OR GIRT
EXPANSION
CLIP
300 300
WALL WALL LINER PANEL
EDGE TRIM PANEL
W/ SL2-4.8 x 20
SELF DRILLING
JOINT TRIM FASTENERS
W/ SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS RIGID FRAME
200
ROOF LINER
PANEL GIRT
PURLIN
SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER HEAD TRIM
W/ SL2-4.8 x 20
EDGE TRIM SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
W/ SL2-4.8 x 20
SD5-5.5 x 25
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS SELF DRILLING FASTENER
200 200
196
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 12 of 14
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
SHEETING DIRECTION
SIDEWALL GIRT
RIGID
FASTENER SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
(TYP) COLUMN
AT 320 mm O.C ALONG GIRT
PLAN : PROFILE “B” LINER PANEL DETAILS WITH RIGID FRAME ATENDWALL
[EXTERIOR WALL PANELS ARE SHOWN IN BROKEN LINES]
ENDWALL
INTERMEDIATE POST
ENDWALL GIRT
960 mm
4.7
32
STEEL LINE
ENDW ALL
ENDWALL
INTERMEDIATE POST
SHEETING DIRECTION
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
197
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 13 of 14
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
SHEETING DIRECTION
SIDEWALL GIRT
RIGID FRAME
FASTENER SELF DRILLING FASTENERS COLUMN
(TYP) AT 300 mm O.C ALONG GIRT
PLAN : PROFILE “A” LINER PANEL DETAILS WITH RIGID FRAME ATENDWALL
[EXTERIOR WALL PANELS ARE SHOWN IN BROKEN LINES]
ENDWALL
INTERIOR COLUMN
ENDWALL GIRT
900 mm
25
STEEL LINE
ENDW ALL
ENDWALL
INTERIOR COLUMN
SIDEWALL GIRT
SHEETING DIRECTION
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
198
CHAPTER 8 : SINGLE SKIN P ANELS
PANELS
Section 8.9 : Interior Roof & Wall Liner Details 14 of 14
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
SHEETING DIRECTION
SIDEWALL GIRT
RIGID FRAME
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS COLUMN
AT 300 mm O.C ALONG GIRT
PLAN : PROFILES “D” & “E” LINER PANEL DETAILS WITH RIGID FRAME ATENDWALL
ENDWALL (DETAILS FOR PROFILE “E” LINER PANELS ARE SIMILAR TO PROFILE “D” LINER PANELS AS SHOWN )
INTERIOR COLUMN [EXTERIOR WALLPANELS ARE SHOWN IN BROKEN LINES]
ENDWALL GIRT
312 312
75 150 75
SCULPTURED
RIB
25
24.2
335
25
24.2
335
STEEL LINE
ENDWALL
ENDWALL GIRT
ENDWALL
INTERIOR COLUMN
PLAN : PROFILES “D” & “E” LINER PANEL DETAILS WITH P & B ATENDWALL
SHEETING DIRECTION
(DETAILS FOR PROFILE “E” LINER PANELS ARE SIMILAR TO PROFILE “D” LINER PANELS AS SHOWN )
[EXTERIOR WALL PANELS ARE SHOWN IN BROKEN LINES]
SHEETING DIRECTION
SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE
199
200
C
H
A
INSULATED P
SANDWICH
PANELS T
E
R
9
9. Insulated Sandwich Panels
202
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA TED SANDWICH P
INSULATED ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.1 : General 1 of 1
Zamil Steel offers two types of insulated sandwich More details about Zamil Steel insulated sandwich
panels: panels are discussed further in this section.
• Field Assembled Sandwich Panels (FASP)
• Factory Injected Sandwich Panels (Tempcon)
203
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.2 : Field Assembled Sandwich Panels 1 of 4
The Zamil Steel Field Assembled Sandwich Panels The main advantages of the Zamil Steel FASP
(FASP) is an insulated panel roof and wall system system when compared to polyurethane injected
that is field assembled. It consists of four parts: sandwich panels are:
• A steel liner panel fastened to the roof purlins • Low initial Ex-Factory cost.
or wall girts.
• Low shipping cost.
• Sub-purlins/sub-girts.
• Equal or superior insulation values.
• A layer of unfaced fiberglass insulation.
The R-Values of the FASP systems are noted in the
• An exterior steel panel fastened to the
following table:
sub-purlins/sub-girts.
Insulation R-Value *
Roof & Wall
Density (kg/m 3) Thickness (mm)
(H.ft2.OF/Btu) (M2. K/W)
50 8.560 1.522
12 75 12.076 2.147
100 15.591 2.772
50 8.821 1.568
16 75 12.466 2.216
100 16.112 2.865
* The R-Values are based on a mean temperature of 24o C (75o F)
204
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.2 : Field Assembled Sandwich Panels 2 of 4
EAVE GUTTER
EAVE TRIM
ROOF INTERIOR PANEL
ENDWALL GIRT
WALL EXTERIOR
PANEL SIDEWALL GIRT
DETAIL : FASP ROOF & WALL PANEL ATEAVE DETAIL : FASP ROOF & WALL PANELS AT GABLE
ROOF EXTERIOR PANEL PURLIN
ROOF EXTERIOR PANEL
ROOF INSULATION
INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE ROOF INSULATION (UNFACED)
(UNFACED)
GUTTER STRAP SUB-PURLIN GABLE TRIM
65
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
EAVE GUTTER
EAVE TRIM
OUTSIDE FOAM ROOF INTERIOR PANEL
CLOSURE
PURLIN
GABLE ANGLE
DOUBLE FACE TAPE
ROOF INTERIOR PANEL
ENDWALL RAFTER
ENDWALL GIRT
WALL PANEL
SIDEWALL GIRT
DETAIL : FASP ROOF PANEL ATEAVE DETAIL : FASP WALL PANEL AT GABLE
NOTE:
FOR EXTERIOR PANELS WITH PVF2 FINISH USE
STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS.
205
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.2 : Field Assembled Sandwich Panels 3 of 4
SUB-PURLIN
WALL EXTERIOR
PANEL WALL INTERIOR HAT SECTION
PANEL
SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL
STEEL LINE
WALL INSULATION
WALL INSULATION
(UNFACED)
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER INSIDE FOAM
SUB-GIRT CLOSURE
INSIDE FOAM GIRT MASONRY NAIL
CLOSURE (SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL) SUB-GIRT (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER BASE ANGLE
50
INSIDE FOAM
DRIP TRIM CLOSURE FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL
SPACER TRIM
( MINIMUM )
SELF DRILLING
CONCRETE
150
NOTCH
40
FASTENER
FINISHED GRADE
BLOCKWALL LEVEL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
DETAIL : FASP WALL PANEL ABOVEBLOCKWALL DETAIL : FASP WALL PANEL AT BASE
206
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.2 : Field Assembled Sandwich Panels 4 of 4
SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL
STEEL LINE
WALL INSULATION
(UNFACED)
SUB-GIRT (TYP)
GIRT
WALL INSULATION
(UNFACED)
ROOF EXTERIOR
PANEL SUB-PURLIN
ROOF INSULATION
(UNFACED)
HAT SECTION
HAT SECTION
NOTE:
FOR EXTERIOR PANELS WITH PVF2 FINISH USE STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS.
207
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 1 of 13
Factory Injected Sandwich Panels (Tempcon) Special skin thicknesses, paint finishes and colors
represent an important part of Zamil Steel's product are available upon request. These may be subject
line. In 1978, Zamil Steel became the first company to extended delivery
in Saudi Arabia to manufacture insulated panels
with its composite Low-Rib Tempcon (TCLR) wall
and partition panel. In 1984, the two-piece Modified
Tempcon (TCMD) insulated roof panel was
introduced. In 1991, the composite High-Rib
Tempcon (TCHR) roof and wall panel was
produced.
Tempcon Panels Metal Skins Tempcon Hi-Rib Tempcon Low-Rib Modified Tempcon
(TCHR) (TCLR) (TCMD)
Panel Type “F” “C” “B”
Nominal Thickness (mm) 0.5 0.5 0.5
Exterior Base Metal Coating Zincalume Zincalume Zincalume
Metal
Skin Modified polyester Modified polyester Modified polyester
Exposed Finish
polymer (XRW) polymer (XRW) polymer (XRW)
Surface
Color Frost White Any standard color Any standard color
Panel Type “C” “C” “C”
Nominal Thickness (mm) 0.5 0.5 0.5
Interior Base Metal Coating Zincalume Zincalume Zincalume
Metal
Skin Modified polyester Modified polyester Modified polyeste
Exposed Finish
polymer (XRW) polymer (XRW) polymer (XRW)
Surface
Color Frost White Frost White Frost White
208
Tempcon High-Rib "TCHR" Insulated Roof and Wall Panel (Composite)
Wall
TCHR panels are a composite of pre-painted metal Tempcon panels are intended for use as thermally
skins with a foamed-in-place polyurethane core. efficient roof and wall cladding for buildings.
The rigid foam core has a density of approximately
40 kg /m3. Each panel has a "U" shaped groove at the top of
the edge rib providing a siphon break, which
Panels are factory-bonded insulated roof and wall prevents water seepage through capillary action
cladding with a coverage width of 1065 mm. They when lapped by the next panel.
are available in four thicknesses: 65 mm, 80 mm,
105 mm and 130 mm. The maximum panel length Polyurethane contains HCFC, which is environ-
is 9.6 m. mentally friendly and less destructive to the ozone
layer.
Panel configuration is a foam core between a 5 rib
(30 mm deep) exterior skin and a semi-flat low-rib Panel section properties (based on 0.5 mm thick
interior skin. The substrate of the exterior and steel exterior skin and 0.5 mm thick steel interior
interior metal skins conform to ASTM A792 Grade skin) are presented in the table on page 3 of 13 of
50B and is hot dip coated with a corrosion resistant this subsection.
zinc/aluminum alloy with 150 g/m2 (total weight
on both sides).
209
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 3 of 13
72 69 72
30
T
26
167 177.5 177.5 177.5 177.5 188
1065
4 EL
ZAMIL STE
2 3
C WA
LL
END L LINE
STE
E
6 1
SID
EW
A
STE ALL
EL L
INE
B 7
210
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 4 of 13
" TC
RO HR" ST
OF R PO
PA NE
N OR
EL LC
AL
DW
EN
IRT
LG
AL
E DW
UR SID
EW EN
LOS AL
A MC LG
IRT
FO
INS
TR IDE C
IM OR
NE
R
TER
G UT GA
EL BL
AN ET
H R" LL P " TC RIM
A EN HR"
" TCDEW RIM SE D
SI ET LF
DR
WA
LL
S UR RIM ILL PA
C LO E RT ING NE
L
D RN FAS
EN CO TEN
S IDE ER
T
OU
E E L
T SELF DRILLING FASTENER SELF DRILLING FASTENER
ZAM
SIPHON BREAK
"TCHR" PANEL
RIM
ET
SUR
O
CL " TC
W HR"
E AL
GL L PA
E AN E
NE
L
BL UR PO
GA LOS PR
IVE
C
AM GA T
FO BL
ET PURLIN OR GIRT
RIM
DETAIL-C : “TCHR” ROOF ANDWALL PANEL ATRIDGE SECTION-1 : “TCHR” ROOF ANDWALLPANEL ATSIDELAP
211
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 5 of 13
EAVE STRUT
EAVE GUTTER
EAVE STRUT CLIP
SECTION-2 : “TCHR” ROOF ANDWALL PANEL ATEAVE SECTION-3 : “TCHR” ROOF ANDWALL PANEL ATGABLE
ROOF PURLIN
SHEETING ANGLE
SECTION-4 : “TCHR” ROOF PANEL AT ENDLAP SECTION-5 : “TCHR” ROOF PANEL AT RIDGE
GIRT
" TCHR" WALL PANEL
" TCHR"
WALL PANEL BASE ANGLE
FOAM CLOSURE
FOAM CLOSURE
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
MASONRY NAIL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
BASE TRIM
DRIP TRIM
FINISHED GRADE LEVEL
BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SECTION-6 : “TCHR” WALL PANEL ABOVEBLOCKWALL SECTION-7 : “TCHR” WALL PANEL AT FINISHED FLOOR
212
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 6 of 13
TCLR panels are a composite of pre-painted metal Tempcon panels are intended for use as thermally
skins with a foamed-in-place polyurethane core. efficient exterior wall cladding for building and as
The rigid foam core has a density of approximately an interior partition panel inside buildings.
40 kg /m3.
The side lap system provides continuity of profile
Panels are factory-bonded insulated roof and wall shape along the wall or partition with identical
cladding with a coverage width of 1065 mm. They appearance on both sides of the wall.
are available in four thicknesses: 35 mm, 50 mm,
75 mm and 100 mm. The maximum panel length is Polyurethane contains HCFC, which is environ-
9.6 m. mentally friendly and not destructive to the ozone
layer.
Panel configuration is a foam core between two
semi-flat low-rib metal skins of identical profiles. Panel section properties (based on 0.5 mm thick
The substrate of the exterior and interior metal skins steel exterior skin and 0.5 mm thick steel interior
conform to ASTM A792 Grade 50B and is hot dip skin) are listed in the table on page 7 of 13 of this
coated with corrosion resistant zinc/aluminum alloy section.
with 150 g/m2 (total weight both on sides).
213
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 7 of 13
1065
EL
ZAMI L STE
2 3
LL
C WA E
ENDEL LIN
STE
4
6 A 1
SID
E
STE WALL
EL L
INE
B 5
214
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 8 of 13
" TC
RO HR" ST
OF R PO
PA NE
NE OR
L LC
AL
DW
EN
IRT
LG
AL
E SID DW
UR EW EN
L OS AL
LG
AMC IR T
FO
INS
TR IDE
IM CO
RNE
R R
TTE OA
GU SIS
EL GA
" PAN "T
BL
ET
LR ALL ENCLR " RIM
" TCDEW IM DW
SI TR
U RE IM SE
LF
AL
L AP
OS TR DR NE
D CL N ER ILL L
EN R ING
CO FAS
S IDE TEN
T ER
OU
E E L
T
IL
ZAM
SELF DRILLING
" TCLR " 355 FASTENER ALONG
WALL PANEL PANEL WIDTH
RIM
RET
U
OS " TC
CL W LR"
AL
L PA
LE NE
NG PO L
LEA PR GIRT
B
GA E IVE
UR GA T
LOS BL
ET
C RIM
AM
FO
DETAIL-C : “TCLR” WALL PANEL ATRIDGE SECTION-6 : “TCLR” WALL PANEL AT SIDELAP
215
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 9 of 13
EAVE STRUT
EAVE GUTTER
EAVE STRUT CLIP
SECTION-2 : “TCLR” WALL PANEL ATEAVE SECTION-3 : “TCLR” WALL PANEL ATGABLE
GIRT
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
LAP
100
BASE ANGLE
"TCHR" FOAM CLOSURE
WALL PANEL
FOAM CLOSURE
SECTION-5 : “TCLR” WALL PANEL AT FINISHED FLOOR SECTION-6 : “TCLR” WALL PANEL ABOVEBLOCKWALL
216
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 10 of 13
The standard exterior metal skin (overlay) of the Panels are fastened with 5.5 mm diameter carbon
insulated panel is a Profile “B” panel, which has a steel self drilling fasteners.
coverage width of 960 mm. Other Zamil Steel panel
profiles to suit specific requirements can also be Performance Standards
used. For more information consult the nearest
Zamil Steel representative. Tempcon panels are intended for use as thermally
efficient roof cladding for buildings.
The interior metal skin of the panel is a Profile “C”
panel factory-bonded to a rigid polyurethane Polyurethane contains HCFC, which is environ-
core, with a coverage width of 1065 mm. The mentally friendly and not destructive to the ozone
polyurethane thicknesses are: 35 mm, 50 mm, 75 layer.
mm and 100 mm. The maximum panel length
is 9.6 m. For U-values and R-values of the different foam
thicknesses refer to the table on page 7 of 13 for
The substrate of the exterior and interior metal Tempcon Low-Rib panels.
skins conform to ASTM A792 Grade 50B and is
hot dip coated with a corrosion resistant zinc/ Panel section properties (based on top sheet
aluminum alloy with 150 g/m2 (total weight on performance only) are listed in the table on page 11
both sides). of 13 of this section. Structural panel properties
are achieved by the contribution of the exterior skin
The exposed surface of the exterior skin is first mill only (the exterior skin is not structurally bonded to
finished with Zincalume and then painted in any the bottom foamed panel).
standard Zamil Steel color. The exposed surface of
the interior metal skin is coated with modified
polyester paint (XRW). The standard color is
Frost White, other standard Zamil Steel colors are
available as options.
217
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 11 of 13
960
1065
1 4 EL
ZAMI L STE
2 3
ALL
B W
END L LINE
STE
E
SID
EW
STE ALL
EL L
INE
A
218
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 12 of 13
OV
ER E
LA UR
Y LOS
PAN C
EL AM
FO
PE
A
RID K BO
GE X
SIG (FO
N RS EL
(FO TAN AN
R N DA YP
ON RD LA
-ST SLO ER
AN PE OV
DA )
RD
SLO
PE
)
RID
GE
ER " TC PA
TT EN LR " NE
GU DW L
EL AL
L AP
PAN GA
CLR" ALL BL NE
L
" T DW RIM SL ET
SIE ET SE2-4.8
RIM
SUR RIM
LO RT ATLF D x 20
NDC R NE ON600 RILLI
E O EA mm NG
EC CH O. FAS
T SID SIDC TEN
OU E ER
S
IM
E TR PO
UR PR
O S IVE
CL " TC T
LE EN LR "
G DW
E AN AL
LP
BL AN
GA EL
SELF DRILLING FASTENER
U RE GA
L OS BL
ET
SELF DRILLING A MC RIM
FASTENERS ALONG FO
PANEL WIDTH
ROOF PURLIN
219
CHAPTER 9 : INSULA
INSULATEDTED SANDWICH P ANELS
PANELS
Section 9.3 : Factory Injected Sandwich Panels 13 of 13
65 OVERLAY PANEL
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
EAVE STRUT
EAVE GUTTER
EAVE STRUT CLI P SELF DRILLING FASTENERS GABLE TRIM WITH
ALONG PANEL WIDTH
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
EAVE TRIM
OVERLAY PANEL
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER CLOSURE TRIM
WITH POP RIVETS
ALONG PANEL
" TCLR" OUTSIDE FLANGE LENGTH
SIDEWALL PANEL OF RIGID FRAME
ROOF PURLIN
FOAM CLOSURE
GABLE ANGLE WITH
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS " TCLR"
ENDWALL PANEL
ENDWALL RAFTER
200 PANEL
BEAD MASTIC LAP (2)-SELF DRILLING FASTENE R
100 100 ALONG PANEL WIDTH
OVERLAY
PANEL
RIDGE PANEL
OVERLAY PANEL WITH SELF DRILLING
ROOF PURLIN
FASTENERS
100 155
SHEETING ANGLE
BEAD MASTIC
TOP OF RAFTER
220
C
H
A
PANEL RELATED P
ACCESSORIES T
E
R
10
10. Panel Related Accessories
222
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.1 : General 1 of 1
• Curved Eaves
• Flashing and Trims
• Gutters and Downspouts
223
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.2 : Curved Eaves 1 of 2
Zamil Steel’s standard curved eave is a Eurostyled When building budgets are tight, curved eaves
corrugated panel that matches the profile of the roof can be a good alternative to fascias. They greatly
and wall panels. It is available in Profile “A” and enhance the beauty of buildings without incurring
Profile “B” panels in all Zamil Steel’s standard high costs or sacrificing the beauty and grandeur of
colors. Profile “R” curved panel is also available the building.
and is used to match the wall panels for curved eaves
with valley gutters and without projection.
224
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.2 : Curved Eaves 2 of 2
L STEEL
ZAMI
PURLIN
CURVED EAVE
PANEL
R=
50
0
ISOMETRIC : CURVEDEAVES
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
DOWNSPOUT
ROOF PANEL PURLIN
RIGID FRAME COLUMN
WALL PANEL
–600
100 100
SIDEWALL GIRT BEAD MASTIC
SHEETING ANGLE
200
CLOSURE
DRIP TRIM
–600 ROOF PANEL
BEAD MASTIC 100 100
RIGID FRAME
CURVED EAVE
TRIM RAFTER
PANEL PURLIN
RIGID FRAME COLUMN
WALL PANEL
ZEE CLIP BOLTED
W/ (4)-M12 x 35mm LONG
R=
50 MILD STEEL BOLTS
0 SIDEWALL GIRT (ZEE CLIP IN HIDDEN LINE
2000 MAX.
SECTION : CURVEDEAVEW/OVALLEY
GUTTER AND PROJECTION
[AT BLOCKWALL]
225
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA RELATEDTED ACCESSORIES
Section 10.3 : Flashing and Trims 1 of 3
Flashing and trims are sheet metal closures All other trims and flashing are press broken from
designed primarily to provide weather tightness and standard pre-painted Zincalume 0.5 mm thick
neat appearance at corners and junctions. (The name (nominal) sheeting available in all Zamil Steel
flashing and trims are used synonymously). standard colors.
Nothing enhances the overall appearance of a pre- Any type of flashing or trim can be manufactured
engineered steel building more than the correct and at Zamil Steel. Architects can develop elegant
appropriate trim. Standard building accessories details using trims that they create to suit any desired
(such as, ridge ventilators, windows, personnel application.
doors, louvers, roll-up doors, sliding doors, framed
openings etc), partitions, fascias, canopies and other
special supplemental attachments combined with
flashing and trims create a blend of artistic harmony
and serene splendor for the most discriminating
engineers, architects and the public.
• Eave trims
• Gable trims
• Corner trims
226
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA RELATEDTED ACCESSORIES
Section 10.3 : Flashing and Trims 2 of 3
1 EEL
6 5 4
ZAMIL ST
3 WA
LL
END L LINE
E
STE
SID
EW
STE ALL
EL L
INE
7
RS RS
W/ ENE W/ NE
IM ST IM FASTE
E TR NG FA ET G
R
RO BL LLI BL LLIN
OF GA F DRI GA F DRI
PA L
NEL SEL RO
OF SE
PA
NE
L
OU
FO TSID
CL AM E
OS
UR
E
R
TE
UT
VEG
SID
EA
L L
E AL AL
ST W A DW INE
EE LL DW NE SID EN EL L
LL
INE EN EL LI E E
E ST W A ST
ST EE LL
RIM LL
INE
VET
EA EN
EN
PA DWA ER PA DWA
NE LL UTT E NE LL
OU L AVE GOSUR L L
EL COTSID
E DC L NE
N EN PA
PA RN E LL
A LL ER EW
A IDE RIM
EW T TS R T
RIM SID OURNE
SID
CO
DETAIL-1 : GABLE TRIM WITH EAVE TRIM DETAIL-2 : GABLE TRIM WITH EAVEGUTTER
227
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA RELATEDTED ACCESSORIES
Section 10.3 : Flashing and Trims 3 of 3
RO
OF O
PA F
RID RONEL NE
PA GE PA L
NE
L
GA
W/ BLE
S T
FAS ELF DRIM
TEN RIL
ER LING L
S AL
AL
L DW E
EN L LIN
DW INE E E
EN EL L ST
T E
S
PE
A AM GA
OA
M RID K BO FO B
EF G X IDE W/ LE T
SIDRE W/ E SIG (FOR TS RE S R
T PO N S U
O SU FAS ELF D IM
OUOSU EN P R (FO TD. S O PO TEN RILL
CL E
DW
AL IVE R N LOP CL PR ER ING
GL LP TS ON- E) IVE S
AN AN STD EN TS
LE EL . SL DW A
B OP AL T
GA E) LP LA
P
AN
EL
DETAIL-3 : GABLE TRIM AND PEAK BOX AT RIDGE DETAIL-4 : GABLE TRIM ATENDWALL
OF
OF RO EL
N
RONEL PA
P A
M
M OA
OA EF
IDE FE ID
INS SUR
E
INS SUR CL
O
O
CL
R
TE
IM UT
TR EG
VE EA
V
S EA LLING
SI RI
OA ELF D S
S
W/ ENER P TR
IM
EA
T LA EA
FAS AT VE EA
VE VE
ST
E TS ST AM RU
IV RU FO SID T
PR AM SID T IDE EW
PO FO EW TS E AL
IDE
AL
LP OU SUR SID LP
AN
TS E SI AN O EW
OU SUR DE EL CL ST AL
E
EL
O ST WAL EL L
E
CL EL
LI
L LIN
E
NE
L
SID AL
DW INE
ST EWA EN EL L
EE LL TE
LL S
INE
EN
PA DWA
N E LL
L L
AL SE
L
EW FASLF DR AL EL)
SIDNEL KW L STE INS
PA NE
R (EA TENEILLING OCY ZAMI
R CH R L IM CL IDE
COIM SID B TB TR OS FO
TR E) (NO IP UR AM
DR RE
DETAIL-7 : OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM DETAIL-8 : OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM AND DRIP
TRIM ABOVEBLOCKWALL
228
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.4 : Gutters and Downspouts 1 of 9
A proper roof drainage system is essential for Internal downspouts for valley gutters are not
prolonging the life of the roof system of a pre- supplied by Zamil Steel but can be provided upon
engineered steel building. It must be adequately request. Consult a Zamil Steel representative
designed to prevent water overflow over the sides nearest you.
of the building.
229
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.4 : Gutters and Downspouts 2 of 9
The design of a roof drainage system is determined 2. The following formula is used to determine
by two factors: The gutter capacity and the the downspout spacing (DS) based on the
downspout capacity. downspouts capacity.
DS = 19 (B) x M x [ (C334,500
x W x I)
] • Based on gutter capacity:
28 16 10
13
13 13
where, DS = 19 (0.17) x (0.91) x [(1 x 334,500
(36/2) x 150)]
DS = downspout spacing in (m) = 15.1 m
B = average width of gutter in (m)
M = depth/width ratio of gutter • Based on downspout capacity.
W = width of area being drained for build- DS = 440 x 76.65
ings using in (m) (1 x (36/2) x 150)
A = area of downspout in (cm2) = 12.5 m
I = maximum rainfall intensity
= 150 mm per hour • Use 12.0 m downspout spacing along the
C = roof slope constant sidewalls.
= 1.00 for roof slope from 0.0/10 to 2.0/10
= 1.10 for roof slope from 2.1/10 to 5.4/10
= 1.20 for roof slope from 5.5/10 to 8.2/10
= 1.30 for roof slope 8.3/10 and higher
230
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.4 : Gutters and Downspouts 3 of 9
TTER
INSIDE
E GU
EA V
73
180
158 158
DS
DS
DS R
190
DS UTTE
EY G
VALL
L
RNA
EXTENSPOUT
DOW
L
RNA TS
INTE NSPOU
DOWBY ZAMIL X 200
T
(NO )
L Y
STEE
L
RNA T
W
EXTENSPOU RECOMMENDED VALLEY GUTTER DOWNSPOUT
DOW
(INTERNAL DOWNSPOUTS NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
LOCATION OF VALLEY GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUTS IN ADJACENT BLDGS. WITH COMMON EAVE HEIGHTS
180
DS
DS
DS
DS
405
R
UTTE
EY G
VALL
190
L
RNA
EXTENSPOUT
DOW
370
231
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.4 : Gutters and Downspouts 4 of 9
ZAMIL ALL
EW
SID L LINE
E E
END ST
W
STE ALL
EL L
INE
PO
AT P RIV
SE FL JO END ETS
L O INT LA
FA F DR SE WA S P
GU
TT
ST IL
EN LIN JO ALANBLE
ER ER G INT T M A
ST S A
S T E TI S
RA ND C
P LA
P P
LA
0 mm
1 0
GUTTER STRAP
FIXED TO ROOF PANEL W/
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS FL
O
AND W/ POP RIVETS ROOF MA WAB
TO GUTTER PANEL ST LE
RO IC
PA OF
NE
L
INSIDE
EAVE FOAM EA EA
VE VE
GUTTER CLOSURE TR GU
IM TT
EAVE ER
GA
SELF DRILLING TRIM TR BLE
FASTENERS IM
OUTSIDE
FOAM
CLOSURE
EAVE STRUT
WALL PANEL
L
AL
EW E
SID L LIN
T EE
S
DOWNSPOUT
E
ER UR
A TT OS
GUD CL
(SEE PAGE 5 OF 9) BASE ANGLE EN DO
WN
MASONRY NAIL SP
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) OU
EN
D
T
DOWNSPOUT ST WALL
FINISHED EE
LL
STRAP IN E DO
FLOOR LEVEL WN
DO SP
OU
WN TS
DOWNSPOUT
SP TR
OU AP
SHOE TS
SID HO
EW E
AL
IDE IM LP
AN
ELEVATION TS TR
OUNER
R
EL
CO
232
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.4 : Gutters and Downspouts 5 of 9
WALL DOWNSPOUT
PANEL BLOCKWALL COLUMN SELF DRILLING
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) FLANGE FASTENER (TYP)
DOWNSPOUT STRAPS
FASTENED WITH POP RIVETS
TO WALL PANEL AT EVERY DOWNSPOUT STRAP
1500 mm APPROXIMATELY FASTENED WITH
ALONG DOWNSPOUT LENGTH DOWNSPOUT STRAP SELF DRILLING SCREWS
FASTENED TO THE OTHER EVERY 1500 mm
DOWNSPOUT STRAP DOWNSPOUT STRAP
FASTENED TO BLOCKWALL DOWNSPOUT APPROXIMATELY
SECTION-A W/ 2 MASONRY NAILS
W/ 2 POP RIVETS
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) DOWNSPOUT
GUTTER STRAP
SECTION-C
ROOF
FIXED TO ROOF PANEL W/
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
PANEL SECTION-B
AND W/ POP RIVET GUTTER STRAP ROOF PANEL
TO GUTTER FIXED TO ROOF PANEL W/
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS RIGID
AND W/ POP RIVETS FRAME
TO GUTTER EAVE STRUT RAFTER
INSIDE FOAM
EAVE GUTTER CLOSURE
EAVE TRIM EAVE GUTTER
OUTSI FOAM
SELF DRILLING CLOSURE
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER EAVE STRUT FASTENER
A
WALL PANEL
DOWNSPOUT
DOWNSPOUT ELBOW
RIGID
DOWNSPOUT FRAME
DOWNSPOUT COLUMN
BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEE L DOWNSPOUT STRAP
DOWNSPOUT STRAP
C
B FINISHED
FLOOR
FINISHED LEVEL
FLOOR LEVEL DOWNSPOUT ELBOW
DOWNSPOUT SHOE
SIDEW ALL
SIDEWALL
WALL
DOWNSPOUT PANEL DOWNSPOUT
ELBOW CONNECTOR
DOWNSPOUT RIGID
(FIELD CUT) CANOPY FRAME
RAFTER
DOWNSPOUT DOWNSPOUT STRAP ROOF
ELBOW A DOWNSPOUT W/ (2)-POP RIVETS EXTENSION
DOWNSPOUT STRAP BRACKET
TO WALL PANEL
W/ (2)-POP RIVETS A
DOWNSPOUT
TO WALL PANEL WALL PANEL
DOWNSPOUT
233
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.4 : Gutters and Downspouts 6 of 9
C
SECTION-C C
FINISHED FINISHED
FLOOR LEVEL FLOOR LEVEL
DOWNSPOUT DOWNSPOUT
SHOE SHOE
234
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.4 : Gutters and Downspouts 7 of 9
C-SECTION OR 158 65
INSIDE FOAM ROOF INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE
Z-SECTION PURLIN PANEL (TYP) (TYP)
CLOSURE
400
EAVE STRUT
0
150
ISOMETRIC : VALLEY GUTTER LOCATION
FIB FL
OW TW 2
W/ ERG
L AB SE
L OF O RU 750
M
ST 6 x ASS LE FASF DR
OV 16m OU MA TEN ILLIN BE DOU NS
E B m TL ST AD BL
OLT LO ET IC ER G MA E
ST
S NG CO
NN IC 750
EC
TO
R
0 EA
V
150 CO E ST
(C- LD F RUT
SE OR OR
VA CT ME
LLE ION D
Y G OR ME
VA
L UT Z-S MBE
FIX LEY TE EC R
E G R TIO
SE D T UT N)
LF O E TER
M6 DR AV S
ILL E S UP
ST x 16m ING TR PO
TR
IM OV m
E B LO FA UT RT
E ST W/
BL OL NG EN
GA 1 TS
AT
ER
S
50m
INS mO
CL IDE .C 80
OS FO
UR AM SPLICE PLATE
E WIDTH
EN VALLEY GUTTER
D RO SPLICE PLATE EDGE
ST WAL
EE L
LL PA OF
IN NE
E L
VALLEY
GUTTER
TE
R 400 STOVE
UT
E Y GSURE BOLT
L
L O
VA D CL ST
IC
EN OF D MA
N
U EA AL
EREB RN VALLEY GUTTER TWO RUNS OF
ONUBL TE T
EXSPOU L
SPLICE PLATE DOUBLE BEAD MASTIC
DO mm WN AL
200C DO DW
ENNEL
P V
PA SECTION-2 : VALLEY GUTTER AT JOINT
DETAIL–L : VALLEY GUTTER DETAIL ATMULTI-GABLE OF BLDGS. WITH COMMON EAVE HEIGHTS
235
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.4 : Gutters and Downspouts 8 of 9
SECTION-3 : VALLEY GUTTER W/ COMMON WALL SECTION-3 : VALLEY GUTTER W/ COMMON WALL
SHEETING AT HIGH BLDG. SHEETING AT LOW BLDG.
WALL PANEL SELF DRILLING FASTENER 80
VALLEY SPLICE PLATE VALLEY GUTTER
GIRT 65 WIDTH SPLICE PLATE EDGES
INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE GUTTER
(AT HIGH BUILDING)
ROOF PANEL
COLD FORMED
VALLEY GUTTER SECTION STOVE
( C" OR
" Z "SECTION)
" BOLT
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
VALLEY GUTTER TWO RUNS OF
RIGID FRAME SPLICE PLATE DOUBLE BEAD MASTIC
COLUMN
200 370
SECTION-4 : VALLEY GUTTER ATJOINT
SECTION-3 : VALLEY GUTTER W/ NO SHEETING
ER
ATCOMMONWALL IRT .) TEN
0 LL G BLDG FAS
150 WA IGH LIN
G
H RIL
INS TW (AT FD R BE
R
IDE O SEL TE
R
T O EM ION
FIB OF RU UT RU ED M ECT
ER SID FO DO NS Y G S T S
M6 G E AM BEA UBL 750 LLE VE RM Z
-
x 16 LASS (AT WA
L CL
O DM E VA EA D FO N OR
m H L S L O
STO m O
VE LON UTL
I GH PA
BU NEL
UR
E
AS
TIC CO ECTI
BO G
LTS ETC ILD 750 (C-
S
ON ING
NE )
CT 4
OR
0
150
OU
COTSIDE VA
RN L
ER FIX LEY
TR E G
IM AN D BE UTT
FL D E TW ER
OW AN AVE EE SU
MA AB D N P
ST LE
IC SE GIR STR VAL POR
LF T W UT LE T
DR IT (O Y G
ILL H S R P UT
ING D5 UR TE
FA -5.5 LIN) R
M6 ST x 2
x1 EN 5
ER
ST 6mm L S
OV ON
EB G
3 OL
EN TS
D INS AT
ST WAL IDE 50
mm
EE L FO
LL AM O.C
INE CL
OS
UR
M
RO E
O
(AT F PA
R LO NE
TE W/ W B L
UT 400 SE U
EY G URE GA FAS LF D ILDIN
LL S
TIC
BL T R
E T ENE ILLIN )
G
VA CLO F
D AS RIM RS G
EN UN O AD M
E R BE AL
ON BLE ERN EN
U T
DO EX POUT DW
AL
mm NS LP
200 DOW AN
EL
VC
P
ISOMETRIC : VALLEY GUTTER LOCATION
DETAIL–M : VALLEY GUTTER DETAIL ATCOMMONEAVE OF BLDGS. WITH DIFFERENT EAVE HEIGHTS
236
CHAPTER 10 : PANEL RELA TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED
Section 10.4 : Gutters and Downspouts 9 of 9
BACK-UP PANEL
CAP FLASHING CAP FLASHING
BACK UP PANEL
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
VALLEY GUTTER
EAVE STRUT
SIDEWALL PANEL
SILL TRIM
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
SOFFIT PANEL SIDEWALL GIRT
RIGID FRAME COLUMN
BRACKET
200
SIDEWALL SIDEWALL
600 STEEL LINE STEEL LINE
R
TTE TER
GU UT
EY EG
V ALL EAV
D
R D AR
WA NW
O WN OW
SD S D
LIP N) LIP N)
ND ND
BE SHOW BE SHOW
(AS (AS
T
OU
T OU
SP SP
WN WN
DO DO
237
238
C
H
A
OTHER P
STRUCTURAL
SUBSYSTEMS T
E
R
11
Other Structural Subsystems
240
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.1 : General 1 of 1
Zamil Steel offers ‘other structural subsystems’ than These structural subsystems are described as ‘other’
those presented in chapter 7. The following because they are additional features to the building
subsystems are complementary to the primary that have to be specified by the customer upon
building system. They add a functional or aesthetic sending a request for quotation.
feature to the building.
• Roof extensions
• Canopies
• Fascias
• Partitions
• Cranes
• Roof monitors
241
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.2 : Roof Extensions 1 of 9
Roof extensions are continuations of the roof Roof extensions can be supplied with or without a
beyond the planes of the sidewall or endwall of a soffit. The term soffit refers to the provision of liner
building. The primary purpose of roof extensions, panels at the underside of the roof extension fram-
whether at the sidewall or endwall, is to provide ing. Soffits are used when a neat flush appearance
additional weather protection to the walls. They can is required under roof extensions.
also add aesthetic beauty to the overall physical
appearance of a building. Roof extensions are designed to accommodate
gutters and return downspouts.
The standard roof extensions for Zamil Steel
buildings are 900 mm and 1500 mm wide for both The roof panels on roof extensions are a con-
sidewall and endwall roof extensions, respectively. tinuation of the roof panels of the main building.
242
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.2 : Roof Extensions 2 of 9
INS
IDE RO
FO OF
AM PA
CL NE
OS L L
UR EE
EA
VE E 3 IL ST
ST M
RU ZA
T
1
PE
A
RID K BO
GE X (
SIG FOR
N ( ST
FO D.
R N SL
GA ON OPE
BL -ST ) O
EF D. S R
2 LA
SH
LOP
E)
ING
ER EN
U TT GA DW
EG BL AL
V EF LP
EA LA
SH AN
SID
E ING EL
ST WAL
EE L
LL GA
INE BL
ET
GA RIM
BL
SO EA
EL FF NG
AN IT
L LP
RIM AL
L CA
NO
PA
NE
LE
ISOMETRIC : ENDWALL ROOF EXTENSION
E WA R T ENDW LINE SO PY L
SID RNE L
EE
FF
IT
TR
IM
CO ST ED
GE
STEEL LINE
SIDEW ALL
TR
IM
EAVE STRUT CLIP
EA VE STRUT
ROOF PURLIN
STEEL LINE
SIDEWALL
EA VE STRUT
EA VE STRUT CLIP
RIGID FRAME
ROOF PURLIN RAFTER
END BAY
RIGID FRAME
END BAY
RAFTER
EA VE STRUT
CLIP
ENDW ALL RAFTER ENDW ALL
CORNER
385
COLUMN
100
ENDW ALL
STEEL LINE ENDWALL
(ROOF EXTENSION)
STEEL LINE
(ROOF EXTENSION)
1500 MAX.
1500 MAX.
GABLE ANGLES
GABLE ANGLES
243
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.2 : Roof Extensions 3 of 9
GABLE ANGLE
SOFFIT PANEL
RIGID FRAME
ENDW ALL RAFTER
SOFFIT EDGE TRIM GABLE FLASHING
GABLE ANGLE
GABLE ANGLE
M12 x 35 mm LONG CLOSURE TRIM
MILD STEEL BOLT (TYPICAL)
GABLE ANGLE
244
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.2 : Roof Extensions 4 of 9
ROOF PANEL 65 25
ROOF PANEL
EAVE GUTTER
EAVE GUTTER
EAVE STRUT
EAVE STRUT
SECTION ATEAVE WITH GUTTER AND SECTION ATEAVE WITH GUTTER AND
SOFFIT PANEL WITHOUT SOFFIT PANEL
EAVE TRIM
EAVE TRIM
EAVE STRUT
EAVE STRUT
CANOPY TRIM
CANOPY TRIM
SOFFIT PANEL
SECTION ATEAVE WITHOUT GUTTER AND SECTION ATEAVE WITHOUT GUTTER AND
WITH SOFFIT PANEL SOFFIT PANEL
245
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.2 : Roof Extensions 5 of 9
BE
SH AD RID L
EE MA GE NE
TIN ST LIN F PA
IC
GA E
R OO
NG
SO SH LE
FF EE
IT TIN
ED GA
GE NG
RO TR LE
RO OF IM
EA OF PA
VE PU NE
SO RL L
FF ST IN
IT RU
RO TR T
O I M
PU F E
RL XT EL
IN ( EN
AS SIO S TE
MIL
INS REQ N
UIR ZA
FO IDE ED)
A
CL M
OS
UR GA
E BL
5 EF
EA LA
SH
PU VE ING
RL
IN
PE
6 A
RID K BO
G X
7 W/ E SI (FO
PO GN R S
GA P R (FO TD
EN BL IVE R N . SL
DW EA TS ON OPE
AL NG -ST ) O
GA LP LE D. S R
BL AN LOP
EF EL E)
LA
SH
ING
GA
R BL
TE ET
G UT SID
RIM
VE TRIM ST EWA
EA EE LL
PY LL
NO INE
CA
ISOMETRIC : SIDEW
ISOMETRIC SIDEWALL ANDENDW
ALL AND ENDWALL
ALLROOF
ROOFEXT’N
EXT’N
L
NE
PA L
IT NE
FF PA CO
SO L RN
AL AL
L ER
STEEL LINE
SIDEW ALL
E W DW INE TR
SID EN EL L
E IM EAVE STRUT EXTENSION ANGLE
ST
INTERIOR BAY
ROOF PURLIN EAVE PURLIN
A A
EXTENSION ANGLE
SIDEW ALL
STEEL LINE
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
END BAY
A A
END BAY
RIGID FRAME B B
RAFTER EA VE STRUT
ENDW ALL CLIP
RAFTER
ENDW ALL
CORNER D
385
COLUMN
100
(ROOF EXTENSION)
1500 MAX.
1500 MAX.
GABLE C C
ANGLES
C C GABLE
ANGLES
246
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.2 : Roof Extensions 6 of 9
PURLIN
CLIP
EAVE
PURLIN EXTENSION EAVE STRUT
EXTENSION
CHANNEL CHANNEL EXTENSION
CLIP
CLIP EAVE STRUT
ENDWALL
EAVE STRUT CLIP RAFTER
ENDWALL
POST
1500 MAX.
SECTION B-B : ROOF EXTENSION ATEAVE 10 10
EXTENSION
CHANNEL
EAVE STRUT
EXTENSION
SECTION D-D
247
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.2 : Roof Extensions 7 of 9
STEEL LINE
ENDW ALL
STEEL LINE
ENDW ALL
BUILDING LENGTH(OUT TO OUT OF STEEL) 1500 MAX. BUILDING LENGTH(OUT TO OUT OF STEEL)
GABLE
ANGLE GABLE
ANGLE
RIGID FRAME RIGID FRAME
RAFTER RAFTER
STANDARD STANDARD
END BAY END BAY
PURLINS PURLINS
A 2 1 A 2
ROOF EXTENSION 200
ROOF EXTENSION 200
SIDEWALL SIDEWALL
STEEL LINE STEEL LINE
ROOF ROOF
EXTENSION EXTENSION
RAFTER RAFTER
385 385
A ROOF EXTENSION
A
ROOF EXTENSION
PURLINS PURLINS
OF N
CE UM
INE E FA COL
RO LL ID E
OF 1500 ST
EE TS AM
EX AL
L T OU ID FR
TE DW RU G
NS
ION EN ST R I
EN VE
DB
AY EA 200
385
SID SID
ST EWA
EE LL ST EWA
LL EE LL
INE LL
INE
T
RU 200
ST
AVE
E
LE
NG
EA
ABL
G
OF ION
ION ROTENS
NS EX FTER
XTE E
OF
E RA ET AM ME
ROFTER KE
T
ME CK FR A
RA E A ID N FR
RA AC AM BR RIGLUM ID
BR D FN FR
GI
RI LUM IGID R CO RIGFTER
CO
R FTE RA
RA
248
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.2 : Roof Extensions 8 of 9
OUTSIDE FOAM
ROOF PANEL CLOSURE EAVE STRUT
INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE
EAVE GUTTER
(EAVE TRIM OPTIONAL)
RIGID FRAME
1
CANOPY TRIM
ROOF EXTENSION 2
PURLINS
SOFFIT PANEL SOFFIT TRIM
ROOF EXTENSION RAFTER WALL PANEL ROOF EXTENSION
BRACKET
EAVE STRUT
EAVE GUTTER
(EAVE TRIM OPTIONAL)
RIGID FRAME
1
CANOPY TRIM
ROOF EXTENSION 3
PURLINS
OUTSIDE FOAM
ROOF EXTENSION CLOSURE
RAFTER ROOF EXTENSION
W ALL PANEL BRACKET
ROOF
EXTENSION
RAFTER
SOFFIT
SPACER TRIM
TRIM ROOF
EXTENSION
ROOF RAFTER
SPLIT & FLATTEN EXTENSION
MAJOR RIBS AS RAFTER
REQUIRED
249
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.2 : Roof Extensions 9 of 9
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLOSURES
0
50
R=
ROOF EXTENSION
CLIP
CURVED P ANEL
SOFFIT
RIGID FRAME RAFTER
ROOF EXTENSION
CURVED PANEL
R
=5
00
ROOF EXTENSION
CLIP
250
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.3 : Canopies 1 of 4
Canopies are narrow roof systems that cantilever Canopies may extend along the full or partial length
(below the eave of a building) from the sidewalls of the sidewalls or endwalls of a building. Ideally
and endwalls, providing various functions such as: they should start at a wall column and end at a wall
column.
• A shade to block direct sunlight falling on the
building walls. Canopies can be supplied with or without a soffit.
The term soffit refers to the provision of liner
• An extended covering to protect against rain in panels at the underside of the canopy purlins.
loading and unloading areas of warehouses, Soffits are used when a neat and elegant flush
factories, supermarkets, shopping malls, etc. appearance is required under the canopy.
• A cover at entrances of buildings or for car Canopies are designed to accommodate flashing and
parking adjacent to building walls. gutters of the same material as used on the main
building.
The width of a standard canopy is 1500 mm, but
greater widths can easily be accommodated.
251
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.3 : Canopies 2 of 4
ALL
EW
ZAMIL STE
EL
SID L LINE
END E
W STE
STE A
EL L LL
INE
AM T PY
FO GIR ANO E
IDEE N ALESS C ODAT
W T S O
I N O L M
RIG AL OUOSUR DIT D U CC
L PA AD UIRED TO AT
CO ID FR NE CL
LU AM L REQLACE D GIR
MN E IS PNDAR GL
E
STA AN
T ING TR
IM
EE
SH H ING
AS
FL
IN
RL
Y PU
N OP
CA
N EL
F PA
R OO
PY
NO
CA
CA
NO
PY
EA TR
VE IM
TR
GA IM
BL
ET
RIM
CA
NO
PY
RA
W FT
AL ER
L PA
NE
L
GIR
T
DO
OR
JA
MB
252
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.3 : Canopies 3 of 4
SHEETING ANGLE
EAVE GUTTER
(EAVE TRIM OPTIONAL)
1
RIGID FRAME
CLEAR HT.
CANOPY
COLUMN
CANOPY TRIM SOFFIT PANEL SOFFIT TRIM 2
WALL PANEL
CANOPY RAFTER
CANOPY BRACKET
SHEETING ANGLE
EAVE GUTTER
(EAVE TRIM OPTIONAL)
1
RIGID FRAME
CLEAR HT.
CANOPY
SHEETING ANGLE
R
=5
00 1
CANOPY CLIP
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
DRIP TRIM 3
WALL PANEL
CANOPY RAFTER
CLEAR HT.
CANOPY BRACKET
CANOPY
SOFFIT
PANEL CANOPY
SPACER TRIM RAFTER
SPLIT & FLATTEN SOFFIT
MAJOR RIBS
TRIM
CANOPY
BRACKET ERECTOR TO SEAL ERECTOR TO SEAL
AT PANEL CUTS CANOPY AT PANEL CUTS
AS REQUIRED RAFTER AS REQUIRED
253
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.3 : Canopies 4 of 4
AD RI
UNDITIO COGID F
TOLESS NAL LU RA
MN ME
GIRACC CANGIRT
T OMO OP RE
DA Y IS QU
TE PL IRE
ST AC D
(CANOPY) MAIN BUILDING SPAN AN ED
DA
SH RD
150 200 ANEETI
ADDITIONAL GIRT GL NG
E
REQUIRED UNLESS
CANOPY IS PLACED
TO ACCOMODATE
STANDARD GIRT
CANOPY PURLIN
W/ M12 x 35mm LONG CA
MILD STEEL BOLTS PUNOP
RL Y
INS
SHEETING ANGLE
CANOPY CLEAR HEIGHT
MAIN BUILDING
R
CANOPY RAFTER CANOPY BRACKET COLUMN TE
AF
PYR ET
NO CK
HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS CA RA
PYB
NO
CA
ELEVATION
ELEVATION ISOMETRIC
150
CA
PU NOP CANOPY PURLIN
RL Y W/ M12 x 35 mm LONG
INS MILD STEEL BOLT
ADDITIONAL GIRT
SHEETING ANGLE REQUIRED UNLESS
CANOPY IS PLACED
TO ACCOMODATE
STANDARD GIRT
GIRT CLIP
CANOPY CLEAR HEIGHT
ER
A FT
P YR
NO CANOPY RAFTER HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS MAIN BUILDING
CA COLUMN
ISOMETRIC ELEVATION
ELEVATION
254
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.4 : Fascias 1 of 7
When incorporated in a pre-engineered steel build- with their rounded sculptured corners and edges
ing, a fascia system enhances its appearance and project a smooth and tranquil appearance.
transforms it from an ordinary looking structure into
an attractive building. The parapet fascias are extensions of the building
walls in such a way as to conceal the building peak
Although the main purpose of a fascia is to conceal and are intended primarily to project a solid flat
part or all of the gable roof, proper color roof appearance.
coordination of the fascia sheeting, soffit, trims, and
gutters and downspouts, generally enhances the No matter what you plan to use your building for,
aesthetics of a building and gives it a distinct adding a fascia to it increases its value and enhances
appearance. its aesthetic appearance and beauty.
• Vertical Fascia
• Bottom Curved Fascia
• Top and Bottom Curved Fascia
• Center Curved Fascia
• Parapet Fascia
255
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.4 : Fascias 2 of 7
FASCIA HEIGHT
VERTICAL
FASCIA BOTTOM CURVED
FASCIA
SIDEWALL SIDEWALL
LINE LINE
FASCIA HEIGHT
FASCIA HEIGHT
SIDEWALL SIDEWALL
LINE LINE
PARAPET
PARAPET BLOCKWALL
FASCIA FASCIA
(BLOCKWALL-NOT
BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SIDEWALL
LINE SIDEWALL
LINE
256
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.4 : Fascias 3 of 7
FASCIA BRACKET
FASCIA BRACKET
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA PANEL GABLE TRIM
EAVE GUTTER W/ DOWNSPOUT
ROOF P ANEL
INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE
ROOF PANEL
VARIES
VARIES
BACK-UP GIRT
BACK-UP GIRT
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
BACK UP PANEL
BACK UP PANEL
FLASHING
OUTSIDE FOAM
FASCIA PANEL CLOSURE FLOWABLE MASTIC
FASCIA BRACKET
GABLE TRIM
ROOF PANEL
INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FASCIA PANEL
VALLEY
GUTTER
ROOF PANEL
VARIES
VARIES
BACK-UP GIRT
BACK-UP GIRT
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
FASCIA BRACKET
SECTION : VERTICAL FASCIA WITH VALLEY GUTTER, BACK-UP PANEL AND SOFFIT
257
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.4 : Fascias 4 of 7
FASCIA BRACKET
ROOF PANEL
BACK-UP GIRT
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
VARIES
VARIES
FASCIA BRACKET
0
0
50
50
S=
S=
IU
RIGID FRAME
IU
AD
AD
COLUMN
R
R
BRACKET
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
BACK-UP PANEL
BACK-UP PANEL
FLASHING
FASCIA BRACKET
FASCIA PANEL FLOWABLE MASTIC
FASCIA PANEL
BACK-UP GIRT GABLE TRIM
ROOF PANEL
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
VARIES
VARIES
FASCIA BRACKET
BOTTOM GIRT
0
50
BOTTOM GIRT
50
S=
S=
RIGID FRAME
IU
IU
AD
COLUMN
AD
R
BRACKET
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE
EDGE TRIM
200 EDGE TRIM
200
600
SIDEWALL NOTE:
STEEL LINE ENDWALL
ALL ERECTION BOLTS USED FOR FIXING 600 STEEL LINE
SHALL BE M12 x 35 mm LONG MILD STEEL
TYPICAL SIDEWALL SECTION BOLTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TYPICAL ENDWALL SECTION
SECTION : BOTTOMCURVEDFASCIA WITH VALLEY GUTTER
258
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.4 : Fascias 5 of 7
ANGLE ANGLE
CAP FLASHING
R
CAP FLASHING
AD
RA
IU
DI
S=
US
TOP GIRT
50
=5
TOP GIRT
00
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA BRACKET FASCIA PANEL
GABLE TRIM
ROOF PANEL
EAVE GUTTER W/DOWNSPOUT
ROOF PANEL
BACK-UP GIRT
BACK-UP GIRT
RIGID FRAME
VARIES
VARIES
RAFTER
FASCIA BRACKET
0
HIGH STRENGTH BOLT
50
BOTTOM GIRT
0
BOTTOM GIRT
50
S=
RIGID FRAME
S=
IU
AD
IU
COLUMN
AD
R
R
BRACKET
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE
AD
AD
IU
IU
S=
S=
TOP GIRT
50
TOP GIRT
50
0
0
BACK-UP PANEL
BACK-UP PANEL
RIGID FRAME
VARIES
RAFTER
FASCIA BRACKET
0
BOTTOM GIRT
S=
0
50
IU
RIGID FRAME
S=
AD
IU
COLUMN
R
AD
R
259
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.4 : Fascias 6 of 7
FASCIA BRACKET
FASCIA BRACKET
GABLE TRIM
21 ß EAVE GUTTER W/ DOWNSPOUT 21 ß
ROOF P ANEL
INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE
ROOF P ANEL
VARIES
VARIES
RADIUS=500 RADIUS=500
RIGID
FRAME
RAFTER
21 ß 21 ß
FASCIA PANEL FASCIA PANEL
SILL TRIM
SILL TRIM
RIGID FRAME
COL UMN OUTSIDE FOAM
SOFFIT PANEL
SOFFIT PANEL (OPTIONAL) CLOSURE
(OPTIONAL) BRACKET
SOFFIT EDGE TRIM ENDWALL POST
SOFFIT EDGE TRIM
200 200
OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE
SIDEW ALL ENDWALL
600 600 STEEL LINE
STEEL LINE
NOTE:
ALL ERECTION BOLTS USED FOR FIXING
SHALL BE M12 x 35 mm LONG MILD STEEL
TYPICAL SIDEWALL SECTION BOLTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TYPICAL ENDWALL SECTION
FLASHING
FASCIA BRACKET FLO W ABLE MASTIC
SHEETING
SHEETING ANGLE
ANGLE BACK-UP GIRT GABLE TRIM
21 ß
21 ß ROOF P ANEL
FASCIA
INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE BRACKET
VALLEY
GUTTER
VARIES
ROOF P ANEL
VARIES
RADIUS=500
RADIUS=500
BACK-UP
GIRT
RIGID
FRAME
RAFTER 21 ß
21 ß
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA PANEL
BO TTOM GIRT
BO TTOM GIRT
HIGH STRENGTH BOL T
SILL TRIM
SILL TRIM OUTSIDE FOAM
RIGID FRAME
SOFFIT PANEL CLOSURE
COL UMN
SOFFIT PANEL
BRACKET SOFFIT EDGE TRIM ENDWALL POST
260
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.4 : Fascias 7 of 7
BACK-UP PANEL
BACK-UP PANEL
COUNTER FLASHING
ROOF P ANEL
PURLIN
GABLE ANGLE
GIRT CLIP
ENDWALL P ANEL
VALLEY GUTTER
PURLIN
RIGID FRAME
SPANNER
RAFTER
SIDEW ALL PANEL
GABLE ANGLE
EAVE STRUT
SIDEW ALL
STEEL LINE NOTE: ENDWALL
ALL ERECTION BOLTS USED FOR FIXING STEEL LINE
SHALL BE M12 x 35 mm LONG MILD STEEL
TYPICAL SIDEWALL SECTION BOLTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TYPICAL ENDWALL SECTION
FLOWABLE MASTIC
FLOW ABLE MASTIC
CLOSURE TRIM
MASONRY NAILS
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
CLOSURE TRIM
MASONRY NAILS
VALLEY GUTTER ROOF PANEL (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
INSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE COUNTER FLASHING
ROOF P ANEL
PURLIN
PURLIN
BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
BLOCKW ALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
NOTE:
ALL ERECTION BOLTS USED FOR FIXING
SHALL BE M12 x 35 mm LONG MILD STEEL
TYPICAL SIDEWALL SECTION BOLTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TYPICAL ENDWALL SECTION
SECTION : PARAPET (BLOCKWALL) FASCIA
261
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.5 : Partitions 1 of 5
A partition in a pre-engineered steel building is an Longitudinal partitions run parallel to the length of
interior non-load bearing wall designed to serve as the building.
a division within the building. It can be placed any-
where inside the building and consists of pinned or The standard Zamil Steel sheeting panel used in
fixed base columns spaced 6 m to 9 m apart and interior partitions is 0.5 mm thick (nominal) Pro-
connected by flush-framed wall girts. Partitions are file “R” panel (Zincalume finished) pre-painted in
sometimes connected at the top to rigid frame rafters Frost White color.
or to the purlins.
In some applications it may be desirable to sheet
A steel partition consists of built-up or cold-formed partitions with Zamil Steel’s Profile “B”, Profile
structural columns, horizontal wall girts and full or “A”, Profiles “D” / “E” or Tempcon Low Rib panel
partial sheeting on one side or on both sides of the (TCLR) which are all available in 0.5 mm thick
partition framing. Partitions sustain their own (nominal) Frost White painted Zincalume.
weight (they are not designed to support ceiling or
roof systems) and are designed to withstand a
maximum lateral (wind) load of 0.25 kN/m 2.
262
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.5 : Partitions 2 of 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R.F. @ END P & B @ END
SIDEWALL
GIRT
SIDEWALL STEEL LINE
A
G
ENDWALL
3 COLUMN
B
TRANSVERSE DIRECTION
ENDW ALL STEEL LINE
BUILDING WIDTH
LINE OR OTHER WALL
ACCESSORIES
SECTION-1 SHALL
BE VIEWED FROM
RAFTER LINE
2 LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION
C
PARTITION COLUMN
300
D
RIDGE LINE
PURLIN RIDGE PANEL
EAVE EAVE STRUT ROOF PANEL
GUTTER
GIRT
RIGID FRAME GIRT CLIP F E
COLUMN
WALL PANEL
FRAMED OPENING
BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
(OR OTHER WALL ACCESSORIES
SUCH AS ROLL-UP DOOR, C
BASE ANGLE PERSONNEL DOOR, ETC.)
263
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.5 : Partitions 3 of 5
RIDGE LINE
RIDGE PANEL
PARTITION
EAVE STRUT RIDGE PARTITION
SPANNER INTERIOR ROOF PANEL
EAVE SPANNER
GUTTER
GIRT
GIRT CLIP F
FRAMED OPENING
(OR OTHER WALL ACCESSORIES
WALL PANEL
BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) SUCH AS ROLL-UP DOOR, C
PERSONNEL DOOR, ETC.) BASE ANGLE
PARTITION COLUMN
MASONRY NAIL ANCHOR BOLT
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
43
60
PURLIN PURLIN
(TYP)
PARTITION
PARTITION INTERIOR SPANNER
RIDGE SPANNER (C-SECTION)
PARTITION COLUMN PARTITION COLUMN
(C-SECTION)
PARTITION PARTITION
PURLIN RIDGE SPANNER PURLIN INTERIOR SPANNER
(C-SECTION) 40 (C-SECTION)
40
40
40
25
25
55
55
SHEETING
ANGLE
PARTITION
COLUMN
PARTITION
COLUMN
NOTE:
NOTE:
ALL BOLTS USED ARE M12 x 35 mm LONG HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS. 1. ALL BOLTS USED ARE M12 x 35 mm LONG HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS.
*2. DIMENSIONS “A” OR “B” SHOULD BE NOT LESS THAN 200 mm FOR SPANNER CONNECTION.
DETAIL–A : PARTITION COLUMN CONNECTION ATRIDGE DETAIL–B : PARTITION COLUMN CONNECTION AT PURLIN
264
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.5 : Partitions 4 of 5
WALL PANEL
PARTITION COLUMN
SHEETING ANGLE (BUILT-UP SECTION)
SIDEWALL GIRT BASE ANGLES
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
PARTITION COLUMN
(C-SECTION)
80 60
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
CLIP
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
(TYPICAL) CLIP
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
PARTITION COLUMN
SIDEWALL
GIRT
1
PARTITION GIRTS
CLIP (TYPICAL)
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
PARTITION COLUMN
(C-SECTION)
CLIP
PARTITION COLUMN
ANCHOR BOLT
EXPANSION BOLTS
265
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.5 : Partitions 5 of 5
PURLIN
PARTITION PARTITION
GIRT PANEL
PARTITION CLIP
COL UMN
PARTITION GIRT
FRAMING ELEVATION
RIGID FRAME
PARTITION GIRT 90 90 PARTITION PANEL RAFTER
PLAN
DETAIL-G : PARTITION COLUMN SECTION-2 : PARTITION GIRT CONNECTION
CONNECTION AT GIRT AT R.F. RAFTER
PURLIN
POP RIVETS
CLOSURE
PURLIN TRIM CL OSURE
TRIM
PARTITION
PANEL
PARTITION
PARTITION GIRT
W ALL PANEL
SIDEW ALL OR
PARTITION ENDW ALL GIRT
BUILT-UP
PARTITION W ALL PANEL
INTERIOR INSIDE SHEETING TRIMS
COL UMN
PARTITION WALL
PANEL
60
90
LONGITUDINAL
DIRECTION
80
90
TRANSVERSE DIRECTION
60
SIDEW ALL OR
ENDW ALL APNEL 90
266
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.6 : Cranes 1 of 7
Increasingly, the benefits of crane systems in fac- Zamil Steel’s supply is normally limited to items 1
tories and warehouses are being appreciated by and 2. Supply, installation and commissioning of
more and more of our endusers. the crane system and crane rails are handled by spe-
cialist “crane systems” companies.
A crane system greatly improves material handling
productivity within a building, promotes safety and The most common types of crane systems in pre-
allows more efficient utilization of space by engineered steel buildings are:
reducing or eliminating traffic due to forklifts and
side loaders. • Top Running Cranes
• Underhung Cranes
The incremental cost of designing a building to • Monorail Cranes
accept a future crane system can be easily justified, • JIB Cranes
when considering the long-term merits of a crane • Gantry Cranes
system, especially when the additional cost is spread • Semi-Gantry Cranes
over the lifetime usage of the building.
When designing a pre-engineered steel building
Adding a crane system to a finished pre-engineered frame for crane loads, it is essential to furnish Zamil
steel building, that has not been initially designed Steel with the crane manufacturer’s name, the crane
to support it, is both cumbersome and system model no. and the crane system data sheet.
uneconomical. For this reason, building planners This information is required to enable Zamil Steel
must consider not only the initial use of the building, to make a safe and economical design for the build-
but also its potential usage throughout the lifetime ing’s frames and the crane runway beams.
of the building.
267
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.6 : Cranes 2 of 7
If the crane system is not specified by the customer, For further details please contact your nearest Zamil
Zamil Steel will assume the crane specifications of Steel Area Office or contact the above crane
the following manufacturers depending on the job manufacturers directly.
location.
268
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.6 : Cranes 3 of 7
CRANE BRIDGE
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
EA VE HEIGHT
BUILDING SPAN
HOIST (TYP)
MAXIMUM HOOK HEIGHT
CRANE BEAM
BRACKET
BUILDING SPAN
269
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.6 : Cranes 4 of 7
66
ANGLE SUPPORT
( 100mm x 100mm x 8mm THK)
PLA TE SUPPORT
WELDED TO
COLUMN FLANGE
* 750
RIGID FRAME COLUMN
75
75
STEEL PACKS
4 PLATES - 3mm THK EACH
75
* 750
COLUMN WEB STIFFENER
CAP CHANNEL
50 CRANE BEAM
PACKING PLATE BOTTOM FLANGE
(12mm THK)
SECTION-B
*730 FOR RIGID FRAME COLUMNS WITH DEPTH UP TO 800 mm
*1380 FOR RIGID FRAME COLUMNS WITH DEPTH MORE THAN 800 mm
STEEL PACKS
(4-3mm THK PER PACK) CRANE RAIL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
CAP CHANNEL
B
70 TOP OF CRANE BEAM
50
ANGLE BRACE (TYP) CRANE BEAM
[SHOWN CUT TO SHOW OTHER DETAILS]
100
150 150
SLOTTED HOLES
IN BRACKET TOP FLANGE
270
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.6 : Cranes 5 of 7
CLEAR
EA VE HEIGHT
RIGID
FRAME
COLUMN
200 200
VARIES L TO C
CRANE SPAN C L OF RAILS VARIES
BUILDING SPAN
STIFFENER
RIGID FRAME RAFTER
(NEAR SIDE AND FAR SIDE)
BRACE ANGLE
CRANE BRACKET
" TEE" CLIP
CAP CHANNEL
CRANE BEAM
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
ELEVATION
UNDER SIDE OF BEAM
DETAIL-2
271
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.6 : Cranes 6 of 7
MONORAIL BEAM
(SEE UNDERHUNG CRANE FOR DETAILS)
EAVE HEIGHT
HOIST
MONORAIL CRANE
RIGID
JIB CRANE
MAX. HOOK
HEIGHT
FRAME
(SEE DETAIL) COLUMN
VARIES
BUILDING SPAN
CRANE STOPPER
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
RIGID FRAME COLUMN
CAP CHANNEL
HOIST
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEE L
272
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.6 : Cranes 7 of 7
CRANE RAIL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
FINISHED FLOOR LINE
BUILDING SPAN
ELEVATION : GANTRYCRANE
CRANE BEAM
(SEE TOP RUNNING CRANE FOR DETAIL)
HEIGHT OF CRANE BEAM
CRANE RAIL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
FINISHED FLOOR LINE
VARIES L TO C
CRANE SPAN C L OF CRANE WHEEL VARIES
BUILDING SPAN
ELEVATION : SEMI-GANTRYCRANE
273
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.7 : Roof Monitors 1 of 2
Zamil Steel’s roof monitor combines economy, For natural lighting, an efficiency factor of 0.60
good appearance and easy erection. The size of the should be used to calculate the opening area of
monitor can be adjusted to suit exact ventilation and the roof monitor. This roof monitor can be used
lighting requirements. The overhang part is detailed in natural lighting calculations for buildings
to give a 45° protection from the rain. A light wire where height/width ratio of the building does not
mesh is installed at 45° to prevent intrusion of birds. exceed 0.25.
A curved eave panel may be incorporated at the
eave of the monitor. It is very conducive to tropi-
cal areas where rainfall is normally heavy. Gener-
ally, roof monitors are made of lightweight, yet
strong, cold-formed sections. Built-up sections and
hot rolled sections are used for the framing
members when the roof monitor is large and de-
sign warrants their use.
274
CHAPTER 1 1 : OTHER STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
11
Section 11.7 : Roof Monitors 2 of 2
ROOF MONITOR
PURLIN
CLIP (TYP)
50 BIRD SCREEN
ROOF MONITOR
POST
O.W .
(MIN.)
2
45
TRIM
SELF DRILLING SHEETING
FASTENER ANGLE
ROOF
PANEL ROOF P ANEL
CURVED PANEL
ROOF MONITOR
STUB POST
O.W .
(MIN.)
SELF DRILLING
2
FASTENER
R=5
00
O.W. DRIP TRIM
2
ROOF MONITOR POST (MIN.)
BIRD SCREEN
O.W .
SHEETING ANGLE
(MIN.)
2
SHEETING
ANGLE
SIDE
SHEETING ROOF PANEL
ROOF PANEL
275
276
C
H
A
FLOOR P
SYSTEMS T
E
R
12
Floor Systems
278
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.1 : General 1 of 1
Floor systems offered by Zamil Steel include The following section describes in full details the
mezzanines, catwalks and walkways with all their components and subsystems of Zamil Steel floor
components and subsystems such as open web steel systems. For further information consult any Zamil
joists, grating, checkered plates, staircases and Steel representative.
handrails.
279
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.2 : Mezzanines 1 of 6
280
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.2 : Mezzanines 2 of 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
R.F. @ END P & B @ END
300
2
MEZZANINE BEAMS
ENDWALL COLUMN
3
MEZZANINE
COLUMNS
1
ENDW ALL STEEL LINE
FRAMED
OPENING
C
A B C
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
MEZZANINE COLUMN
(SQUARE TUBE SECTION OR BUILT-UP SECTION)
281
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.2 : Mezzanines 3 of 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
R.F. @ END P & B @ END
2
MEZZANINE BEAMS
SIDEWALL STEEL LINE
A
300
ENDW ALL STEEL LINE
MEZZANINE JOISTS 3
B
MEZZANINE
COLUMNS
C
ENDWALL COLUMN
1 FRAMED
OPENING
D
A B C D
RIGID FRAME
RAFTER
MEZZANINE JOIST
B MEZZANINE BEAMS C (BUILT-UP SECTION OR DOUBLE-C SECTION)
MEZZANINE COLUMN
SIDEW ALL STEEL LINE
282
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.2 : Mezzanines 4 of 6
200
(END LAP)
MEZZANINE DECK
100 100 PANEL
MEZZANINE JOIST
SELF DRILLING FASTENER
MEZZANINE MEZZANINE
EDGE TRIM EDGE TRIM
ANGLES
(NEAR & FAR SIDE)
MEZZANINE BEAM
SECTION-2 : MEZZANINE BEAM ATENDWALL CONNECTION SECTION-2 : MEZZANINE BEAM ATENDWALL CONNECTION
(FLUSH CONNECTION) (RESTING CONNECTION)
ANGLES REINFORCED
MEZZANINE REINFORCED (NEAR AND FAR SIDE) CONCRETE SLAB
DECK PANEL CONCRETE SLAB (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
MEZZANINE JOIS T
CLIP (4)-M12 x 35 mm LONG MEZZANINE JOIST
MILD STEEL BOLTS
MEZZANINE BEAM STIFFENERS
MEZZANINE BEAM
283
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.2 : Mezzanines 5 of 6
MEZZANINE
EDGE TRIM W/ SIDEW ALL PANEL
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
MEZZANINE JOIST
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
SECTION-R
SIDEW ALL
PANEL REINFORCED
SIDEW ALL CONCRETE SLAB
PANEL REINFORCED
CONCRETE SLAB MEZZANINE (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
MEZZANINE (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) DECK PANEL
DECK PANEL
MEZZANINE
MEZZANINE EDGE TRIM
EDGE TRIM
R
R
STIFFENER
(NEAR AND FAR
STIFFENER
SIDE)
(NEAR AND FAR
SIDE) MEZZANINE
JOIST
MEZZANINE
JOIST RIGID FRAME
MEZZANINE BEAM COLUMN MEZZANINE BEAM
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN
DETAIL-B : BEAM CONNECTION AT R.F. COLUMN DETAIL-B : BEAM CONNECTION AT R.F. COLUMN
(FLUSH CONNECTION) (RESTING CONNECTION)
MEZZANINE REINFORCED
DECK PANEL CONCRETE SLAB
REINFORCED MEZZANINE (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
CONCRETE SLAB DECK PANEL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
284
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.2 : Mezzanines 6 of 6
50
5 00 CHECKERED PLATE
mm
500 m M12 x 35 mm LONG
m
FIN NECK BOLT
500 m
m
500 m
m
50
MEZZANINE JOIST
ONE
ST A
N
CHE WIDTH DARD
CKE O
RED F
PLA
TE
MEZZANINE JOIST
FLANGE
GRATING PANEL
ONE
S
WIDTANDAR
GRA TH O D
TINGF
ONE
S
WIDTANDAR GRATING CLAMP (OR CLIP)
GRATH OF D
TING
ONE MEZZANINE JOIST
S
WIDTANDAR
GRA TH O D
F
TIN G
285
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.3 : Open Web Steel Joists 1 of 9
Open web steel joists have long been used both as At Zamil Steel, open web steel joists are designated
mezzanine joists in multi-storey buildings and as as follows (SJ stands for Short Span):
roof secondary members supporting roof sheeting
panels and built-up roofs. • Open web steel joists, which use the same size
angles for the top chord and bottom chord.
The most common application of open web steel Depth-SJ - Chord angles size.
joists is as secondary joist members in multi- Example: 600SJ 50x4
storey buildings where they span between the
primary framing members of the structure. • Open web steel joists, which use different size
angles for the top chord and bottom chord.
In the pre-engineered steel building industry, the
use of open web steel joists, as mezzanine joists, Depth-SJ - Top chord angles size / Bottom chord
has skyrocketed during the past 10 years. In the angles size.
U.S.A market, open web steel joists now represent Example: 600SJ 50x4/40x4
more than 50% of the mezzanine joists used in metal
buildings. Their economy and their flexibility are Zamil Steel may also use round or square bars to
gradually replacing built-up plate joists and cold- replace the chord angles.
formed “C” section joists.
Zamil Steel open web joists are designed in
The economy of open web steel joists in mezza- accordance with the Steel Joist Institute (SJI), the
nines of pre-engineered steel buildings is realized American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), and the
primarily from savings in their web members. Be- American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC).
cause their web members are mostly open (webs All welding is in accordance with the 1996 edition
are made up of angles or rods with large spaces of the American Welding Society (AWS).
between them), they consume less steel. This fea-
ture is exploited further by making their web mem-
bers deeper. Normally, the selected depth of the
joists equals the depth of the primary mezzanine
beams between which they span.
286
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.3 : Open Web Steel Joists 2 of 9
B
SLA
TE
RE
O NC L)
ME D C EE
ZZ CE ST
AN F ORZAMIL
INE I N
DE RE T BY ER
CK (NO TEN
PA AS
N EL IN GF
ILL
DR
S ELF
M12 LT
(1)- BO
E W/ EEL
O
SHLD ST ES
MI R AC
G EB
RID
A LB
G ON
DIA NIN
E
Z ZA
ME
IN
MAAM
BE RD
HO
PC
TO
EN
MED DIA
GU MB GO
SS ER NA
ET L
INT PL
AT
ME ERIO E
INT M R
BE DI
E R S A G
ME RIO ON
MB R AL
BO ER VER
TT T
OM ICA
CH L
OR
D
TOP CHORD
AM
BE
NINE
Z ZA
ME
IN
MA END DIAGONAL
MEMBER
MEZZANINE BEAM
SHOE
WELD
287
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.3 : Open Web Steel Joists 3 of 9
25
END BEAM
25 25
SUPPORT ANGLE SUPPORT ANGLE
NOTE: ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm MILD STEEL BOLTS NOTE: ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm MILD STEEL BOLTS
288
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.3 : Open Web Steel Joists 4 of 9
25 25 25 25
OPEN WEB JOIST OPEN WEB JOIST OPEN WEB JOIST OPEN WEB JOIST
NOTE: ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm MILD STEEL BOLTS NOTE: ALL BOLTS ARE M12 x 35 mm MILD STEEL BOLTS
C
L SPAN
100
CONCRETE W ALL
MAIN MEZZANINE BEAM OPEN WEB JOIST (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
289
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.3 : Open Web Steel Joists 5 of 9
290
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.3 : Open Web Steel Joists 6 of 9
291
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.3 : Open Web Steel Joists 7 of 9
292
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.3 : Open Web Steel Joists 8 of 9
293
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.3 : Open Web Steel Joists 9 of 9
294
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.4 : Roof Platforms 1 of 2
A roof platform is a structural framing system The provision of handrails for roof platforms is
mounted on top of the roof and is specifically optional and should be specified at the time of
designed to support heavy roof accessories, such requesting a quotation. See section 12.7 for more
as HVAC units, water tanks and other miscellaneous details on handrails.
roof equipment.
When ordering roof platforms it is advisable that
Zamil Steel’s standard roof platforms are made of special attention is paid to water leakage prevention
hot rolled, built-up or cold-formed sections details. Zamil Steel has had extensive experience
supported by built-up or tube stub post sections, in supplying roof platforms and in developing
which are bolted to the top of the rafter flanges. details that prevent water leakage.
Bracing is sometimes provided in both directions
to ensure the stability of the framing system.
295
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.4 : Roof Platforms 2 of 2
BE
A
(BUI M
LT
HOT -UP OR ING
ROL AT
LED GR
PU SECTIO
RIG RLI T
N) OS
RA ID FR N
BP
FTE AM
R E STU T
OS
BP
STU CKET
A
BR
RO
FLA OF
PAN
SH EL
ING
TR
IM T
OS
BP
STU
RO
OF
PAN
EAV EL
ES
TR
UT
OU RIG
ID F
C CLOTSIDE RA
STI ND SU FO ME
MA OU RE AM CO
B LE LIED AR) LUM
WA APP LTS N
FLOICALLY AND BO DETAIL-1
DETAIL-1
(TYP POST
B
STU
ISOMETRIC : TYPICAL ROOF PLATFORM
ROOF PANEL
CLIP GRATING
INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE BEAM
(BUILT-UP OR
HOT ROLLED SECTION)
OUTSIDE FOAM FLOWABLE MASTIC
CLOSURE STUB POST
PURLIN
STUB POST
FLOWABLE MASTIC
(APPLIED AROUND STUB POST AND BOLTS)
RIGID FRAME STIFFENER
RAFTER
FLASHING TRIM
296
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.5 : Catwalks & Walkways 1 of 7
Zamil Steel offers the following types of catwalks be properly laid out to avoid causing damage to the
and walkways which are used primarily by roof sheets, which in turn may result in roof leaks.
maintenance crews to provide access to mechanical
equipment: When walking on roof sheeting, care must be taken
not to step on the high rib portion of the roof
• Catwalks that are normally located inside the sheeting profile.
building alongside crane beams or suspended
underneath rigid frame rafters. Catwalks and elevated walkways are generally
provided with handrails for safety purposes (refer
• Elevated walkways that are placed directly to section 12.7 of this manual for more details on
above the building roof, whenever very frequent handrails). Decking for catwalks and walkways can
access is required between several roof be either galvanized grating or checkered plates.
platforms.
Zamil Steel catwalks and walkways have two
• Flush walkways that are also placed above the standard widths: 1000 mm and 2000 mm. Other
building roof, whenever less frequent access is sizes are also available depending on the customer’s
required for maintenance. requirements.
297
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.5 : Catwalks & Walkways 2 of 7
CLEARANCE
1000
475
HANDRAILS
900
TOE PLATE
CLIP
CATWALK JOIST
(COLD FORMED 300C)
CRANE BRIDGE
CLEARANCE
CATWALK BEAM
STIFFENER (BUILT-UP SECTION)
CRANE RAIL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
CRANE BEAM
HOIST
CRANE BRACKET (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
CATWALK BEAM
(BUILT-UP SECTION)
CATWALK JOIST
(COLD FORMED 300C)
CLIP
298
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.5 : Catwalks & Walkways 3 of 7
STIFFENERS
STUB POST
(BUILT-UP SECTION)
1000
475
STUB POST HANDRAILS
(BUILT-UP SECTION)
900
TOE PLATE
425
FLOOR GRATING
RIGID FRAME COLUMN
CLIP
HANDRAIL
M12
WELDS MILD
STEEL
BOLTS
CATWALK
BEAM GUSSET
PLATE
SECTION-L
STUB POST HANDRAIL FLOOR CATWALK BEAM STUB POST
(BUILT-UP SECTION) GRATING (BUILT-UP SECTION) L (BUILT-UP SECTION)
CATWALK BEAM
(BUILT-UP SECTION)
CATWALK JOIST
(COLD FORMED 300C)
299
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.5 : Catwalks & Walkways 4 of 7
BAY SPACING
HANDRAIL
20 TOP MEMBER 20
(PIPE)
HANDRAIL HANDRAIL
475
900
B TOE PLATE FLOOR GRATING A
425
ELEVATION : ELEVATEDWALKWAY
PLAN : ELEVATEDWALKWAY
300
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.5 : Catwalks & Walkways 5 of 7
STUB POST
475
FLOWABLE MASTIC
(APPLIED AROUND STUB
900
FLASHING TRIM
425
CLIP
ROOF PANEL
VARIES
ELEVATED
STUB POST WALKWAY STUB POST
BEAM BRACKET
FLASHING
TRIM
ROOF PANEL
STUB POST
BRACKET RAFTER
00
60 )
ELEVATED WALKWAY T O GTH
JOIST ELEVATED
WALKWAYS UP . LEN
9 D
ROOF PANEL JOIST (STD 95
. WID ( T
S
TH)
301
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.5 : Catwalks & Walkways 6 of 7
SADDLE CLIP W/
(1)-SELF DRILLING
FASTENER FIX TO
LOW HAT
LOW HAT
W/ (8)-SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS FIX TO
SUPPORT CLIP
GRATING
ROOF PANEL
SUPPORT CLIP
W/ (2)-SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS FIX TO
E
ROOF PANEL LIN
GE
RID AT
HH
HIG
P
CLI
DLE LF ER
SAD(1)-SE ASTENT
W/ LING F H HA
L G
DRI TO HI
FIX
4
1
L
ANE
GEP
RID
GR
AT
ING
N
PU RLI
EL
PAN
OF
RO RO
OF
AT PAN
LO WH EL SADDLE CLIP W/
(1)-SELF DRILLING
FASTENER FIX TO
HIGH HAT
GRATING
HIGH HAT
W/ (4)-SELF DRILLING ROOF PANEL
FASTENERS FIX TO
ROOF PANEL
302
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.5 : Catwalks & Walkways 7 of 7
SADDLE CLIP
ROOF PANEL
30
60 35
SUPPORT CLIPS
PURLIN SELF DRILLING FASTENER
SECTION-1
SADDLE CLIP
PURLIN
ROOF PANEL
SELF DRILLING
FASTENERS
SECTION-2
SECTION 2
HIGH HAT
GRATING
SELF DRILLING SADDLE CLIP
FASTENER
PURLIN
ROOF PANEL
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
SECTION-3
SECTION-3
SELF DRILLING SADDLE CLIP GRATING HIGH HAT
FASTENER
ROOF PANEL
30
95
SECTION-4
303
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.6 : Staircases 1 of 8
Zamil Steel’s standard staircase is designed to Zamil Steel standard staircase is a double flight
provide a firm and rigid construction. The stair staircase with an intermediate or mid-landing. The
stringers are detailed in such a way that different main structural members are shop assembled to
stair treads (such as checkered plate, grating or facilitate erection. This leaves only the simple task
concrete filled treads) can be accommodated or of connecting the main members of the staircase to
replaced without major modifications. the floor framing, attaching the selected type of stair
treads and installing Zamil Steel’s standard handrail
system.
304
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.6 : Staircases 2 of 8
MID-LANDING BEAM
MEZZANINE
LEVEL
MID-LANDING UP
TOT AL STAIRCASE WIDTH
BEAM
VARIES
200
STRINGER STRINGER
STAIRCASE WIDTH
TREAD
300
(TYP)
1 STRINGER
MEZZANINE
HANDRAIL REINFORCED
(NS/FS) CONCRETE SLAB
HANDRAIL
(NS/FS)
MEZZANINE
BEAM
STRINGER
475
HANDRAIL
2
STAIRCASE HEIGHT
425
TOE PLATE
HANDRAIL
(NS/FS)
MID-LANDING HEIGHT
MID-LANDING
BEAMS
STRINGER TREAD
LANDING POST (TYP.)
MID-LANDING WIDTH
LENGTH OF LOWER ST AIRCASE
305
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.6 : Staircases 3 of 8
STAIRCASE LENGTH
LANDING BEAM
LANDING BEAM
VARIES
UP
300
1 STRINGER TREAD
(TYP)
LANDING POST LANDING PLATFORM
HANDRAIL
(NS/FS)
HANDRAIL
TOE PLATE
HANDRAIL
(NS/FS)
STRINGER
306
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.6 : Staircases 4 of 8
STAIRCASE LENGTH
STRINGER
STAIRCASE WIDTH
MEZZANINE
LEVEL UP
STRINGER TREAD
(TYP)
MEZZANINE
REINFORCED
CONCRETE
SLAB
HANDRAIL
(NS/FS)
MEZZANINE
BEAM
TREAD
STAIRCASE HEIGHT
(TYP)
STRINGER
STAIRCASE LENGTH
307
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.6 : Staircases 5 of 8
STAIRCASE LENGTH
ROD BRACING
TREAD (TYP) STRINGER ROD BRACING STRINGER
300
STAIRCASE WIDTH
MID-LANDING BEAM
MID-LANDING BEAM
VARIES
UP
300
TOP LANDING POST TOP LANDING PLATFORM MID-LANDING POST MID-LANDING PLATFORM
HANDRAIL
(NS/FS)
HANDRAIL
HANDRAIL
TOE PLATE (NS/FS)
TOE PLATE
HANDRAIL
(NS/FS)
TOP
LANDING
BEAMS
HANDRAIL
2 (NS/FS)
STAIRCASE HEIGHT
STRINGER
TREAD
(TYP)
MID-LANDING HEIGHT
MID-LANDING BEAMS
TOP 262
LANDING
POST MID-LANDING POST
STRINGER
STAIRCASE LENGTH
308
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.6 : Staircases 6 of 8
STAIRCASE LENGTH
ROD BRACING
TREAD (TYP) STRINGER STRINGER
STAIRCASE WIDTH
MID-LANDING BEAM
MID-LANDING BEAM
MEZZANINE
LEVEL
UP
MEZZANINE
REINFORCED
CONCRETE HANDRAIL
SLAB
(NS/FS)
TOE PLATE
HANDRAIL
MEZZANINE (NS/FS)
BEAM
HANDRAIL
2 (NS/FS)
STAIRCASE HEIGHT
STRINGER
TREAD
(TYP)
MID-LANDING HEIGHT
MID-LANDING BEAMS
262
MID-LANDING POST
STRINGER
MID-LANDING WIDTH
STAIRCASE LENGTH
309
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.6 : Staircases 7 of 8
260
260 REINFORCED 260 GRATING PLATE
35 CHECKERED PLATE PLATFORM CONCRETE SLAB (LANDING PLATFORM)
BOLTED W/ M12 X 35 mm 35 (LANDING PLATFORM) 35 FASTENED W/ GRATING
LONG FIN NECK BOLTS TO MID-LANDING
EDGE ANGLE CLIPS TO LANDING BEAM
LANDING BEAM AND STRINGER
STRINGER
STRINGER
25
25
25
(2)- M12 X 35 mm LONG (2)- M12 X 35 mm LON
FIN NECK BOLTS FIN NECK BOLTS (2)- M12 X 35 mm LON
FIN NECK BOLTS
MID-LANDING BEAM MID-LANDING BEAM
CHECKERED PLATE TREAD MID-LANDING
BENT PLATE WITH
STRINGER ANGLE BOLTED W/ M12 X 35 mm CONCRETE TREAD BOL TED STRINGER
STRINGER ANGLE
WELDED TO LONG FIN NECK BOLTS TO WELDED T O W/ M12 X 35 mm LONG FIN GRATING TREAD
STRINGER STRINGER ANGLE STRINGER NECK BOLTS TO STRINGER STRINGER ANGLE FASTENED W/ GRATING
ANGLE WELDED TO STRINGER CLIPS TO STRINGER ANGLE
REINFORCED
25
260 260
25
260 CONCRETE SLAB GRA TING PLATE
(LANDING PLATFORM) (LANDING PLATFORM)
CHECKERED PLATE FASTENED W/
PLATFORM BOLTED
35 35 GRA TING CLIPS
W/ M12 X 35 mm LONG 35 TO LANDING BEAM
FIN NECK BOLTS AND STRINGER
TO LANDING BEAM (2)- M12 X 35 mm LON
AND STRINGER MILD STEEL BOLTS
(NOSING) 25
(TYP) (NOSING) 25 (NOSING) 25
(TYP) (TYP)
310
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.6 : Staircases 8 of 8
25
25
MEZZANINE BEAM
25
MEZZANINE
BEA
25 25
25
25
25
25
STRINGER STRINGER
STRINGER
FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED
STRINGER ANGLE FLOOR
STRINGER ANGLE FLOOR STRINGER ANGLE FLOOR
WELDED T O STRINGER
WELDED T O STRINGER LEVEL WELDED T O STRINGER LEVEL LEVEL
M12 x 35 mm LONG
MILD STEEL BOLTS
STAIR STRINGER
311
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.7 : Handrails 1 of 3
Zamil Steel offers two types of handrails: Office handrails are fabricated from 38.1 mm or
(1) industrial handrails for platforms, catwalks, 50.8 mm diameter tubes which are welded to ball
walkways and staircases in factories, warehouses, connectors.
workshops, etc., and (2) office handrails for
staircases and mezzanines in office buildings, For both types a 100 mm wide x 6 mm thick kicker
showrooms, etc. or toe plate is welded at the base of the handrail
posts to complete the whole assembly. The height
Handrails may be designed as permanently fixed to of the post is 900 mm measured from the top of the
the substructure (platforms, catwalks, walkways or flooring to the top face of the top rail.
staircases), or removable. They are shipped either
with one coat of primer paint or in galvanized finish
depending on the customer requirements.
312
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.7 : Handrails 2 of 3
MEZZANINE
900
REINFORCED
CONCRETE
SLAB
TOE PLATE
425
STRINGER
475
WELD
(ALL AROUND)
900
2
425
TOE PLATE
WELD
(ALL AROUND)
HANDRAIL
TOP MEMBER
MID-LANDING BEAM
STRINGER 900
LANDING POST
TREAD
(TYP)
M12 x 35 mm LONG
MILD STEEL BOLTS
PROFILE "G"
DECK PANEL
STAIR STRINGER
MEZZANINE JOIST PLATE WELDED
TO HANDRAIL
SECTION-1 SECTION-2
313
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.7 : Handrails 3 of 3
VARIES
HANDRAIL MEMBER BALL CONNECTOR HANDRAIL MENBER
(TYP) (NS/FS)
1
475
MEZZANINE
REINFORCED
900
CONCRETE
SLAB
TOE PLATE
425
MEZZANINE JOIST
MEZZANINE BEAM
HANDRAIL MEMBER
(NS/FS)
STRINGER
HANDRAIL
WELD MEMBER
475
HANDRAIL VERTICAL
900
SUPPORT WELDED TO
BALL CONNECTORS
CONNECTOR
HANDRAIL WELD
MEMBER
MID-LANDING
STRINGER
900
LANDING POST
TREAD
(TYP)
BALL CONNECTOR
HANDRAIL MEMBER BALL CONNECTOR
TOE PLATE HANDRAIL MEMBER
WELDED TO HANDRAIL
VERTICAL MEMBER
NOTE:
HANDRAIL MEMBER CAN EITHER BE OF THE
MEZZANINE
REINFORCED FOLLOWING: FOR HEAVY USE = 50.8mm OUT-
CONCRETE SLAB SIDE DIAMETER TUBE FOR LIGHT/MEDIUM M12 x 35 mm LONG
EDGE ANGLE
USE = 38.1mm OUTSIDE DIAMETER TUBE MILD STEEL BOLTS
M12 X 35 mm LONG
MILD STEEL BOLTS
PROFILE "G"
DECK PANEL STAIR STRINGER
MEZZANINE JOIST PLATE WELDED
TO HANDRAIL
SECTION-1 SECTION-2
314
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.8 : Ladders 1 of 3
Zamil Steel standard ladders are made of vertical Ladders are convenient and economical tools for
members (rails) that are shopfabricated from hot accessing roofs. It is highly recommended that a
rolled angles, channels or flat bars, and rungs that building contains at least one ladder to provide a
are made from round bars. safe access to the roof for maintenance purposes.
315
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.8 : Ladders 2 of 3
150
1100
L 1 ROOF PANEL
30
EAVE STRUT
GIRT
FLAT BAR
(TYP)
(50mm x 5mm)
WALL PANEL
U
HEIGHT OF LADDER
EAVE HEIGHT
2
SUPPORT
CLIP (TYP)
Z
FIRST GIRT HEIGHT
FLAT BAR
(50mm x 5mm)
2000 1000
(MAX.)
250
LADDER RUNGS
LADDER RAIL
(65mm x 12mm FLAT BAR)
BASE ANGLE
3 FINISHED
FLOOR LEVEL
316
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.8 : Ladders 3 of 3
700
LADDER RAIL CLIP
WELDED TO LADDER
350 350 LADDER RAIL RAIL
32.5
ROOF PANEL
J
EAVE STRUT
450
WALL PANEL
45 45
DETAIL–1
LADDER RAIL LADDER RAIL CLIP
SECTION-L CLIP
WELDED TO LADDER
RAIL
W/ SELF DRILLING
474 FASTENER M12 x 35 mm LONG
MILD STEEL BOLT
237 237 ROOF PANEL
225 225
32.5
EAVE STRUT
SECTION-J
450
47.38 47.38
LADDER RAIL WALL PANEL
5 R=35
45 45 0
45 45
GIRT
237 237
225 225 DETAIL-2
32.5
LADDER RAIL
WELD (INSIDE)
LADDER RUNG
(ROUND BAR)
450
0 BASE CLIP
45
R= WELDED TO
(MAXIMUM)
LADDER RAIL
58.22 58.22
250
FINISHED FLOOR
45 45 LEVEL
5
45 45
40
SECTION-Z DETAIL-3
317
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.9 : Grating 1 of 1
Zamil Steel offers galvanized grating plates as a galvanized, thus making it more suitable for external
standard option to be used in the floorings of interior uses; does not retain water, thus eliminates the need
and exterior catwalks and roof platforms. They can for a drainage system; and does not allow the
also be used, in lieu of concrete and checkered accumulation of dirt and dust on its surface, thus
plates, for mezzanine floors, stair treads and stair reduces cleaning requirements.
landings.
Zamil Steel grating plates are constructed from 30
Grating floors are normally used in factories, mm x 3 mm rectangular bearing bars that are
warehouses, and workshops in which the traversed with 6 mm twisted square bars that are
mezzanines are used for material storage, equipment forge welded at 100 mm pitch to form a 30/100 (i.e.,
monitoring, material handling, etc., and where the 30 x 100 mm) mesh. The steel of grating conforms
more common, but costlier, concrete floor finish is to EN10025 Grade S275JR, or equivalent.
not required.
The standard size of a Zamil Steel supplied grating
The main distinctions that grating has over plate is 995 mm wide x 6000 mm long.
checkered plates (see section 12.10), both of which
can be used interchangeably, are that grating is
30 mm
(TYP)
mm
TRANSVERSE BAR 100 P) 3 mm
THICK
(6 mm TWISTED SQ. BAR) (TY RECTA (TYP)
(TYP) NGUL
AR BE
ARING BAR
30
mm H)
00 GT
60 LEN
O
T D
(STA 995 mm UP DAR
NDA TAN
RD W
ID
(S
TH)
TRANSVERSE BAR
(TYP)
BEAM/JOIST
RECTANGULAR
BEARING BAR
mm (TYP)
995 )
IDTH
D ARD W
N
(STA
APPLICATION OF GRATING
318
CHAPTER 12 : FLOOR SYSTEMS
Section 12.10 : Checkered Plates 1 of 1
Checkered plates are another option that Zamil Checkered plates are solid non-slippery plates.
Steel offers as a flooring system. Both checkered They are suitable for floors on which a lot of dust
plates and grating are used for the same applications and dirt might be accumulated from material
and in the same areas such as floorings of catwalks, handling, material storage, equipment (oil leaks),
walkways, roof platforms, mezzanines, stair treads, etc., that should be prevented from dropping (or
and stair landings. dripping) underneath.
Checkered plates are also used in factories, Zamil Steel checkered plates have a tear drop pattern
warehouses, and workshops in which the and are made of ASTM A36 black steel, or
mezzanines are used for material storage, equipment equivalent.
monitoring, material handling, etc. and where the
more common, but costlier, concrete floor finish is The standard size of a Zamil Steel supplied
not required. checkered plate is 2000 mm wide x 6000 mm long
x 5 mm (nominal) thick.
5 mm THICK
m
0m TH)
600 LENG
R D
A
2000 A ND
(STA m (ST
NDA m
RD W
ID TH)
2
(STA 000 mm
NDA
RD W
IDTH
) BEAM/JOIST
319
320
C
H
A
BUILDING P
ACCESSORIES T
E
R
13
Building Accessories
13.7 Ventilators
13.7.1 General .......................................................... 345
13.7.2 Gravity Ventilators ........................................ 349
13.7.3 Power Ventilators ......................................... 355
13.8 Louvers
13.8.1 General .......................................................... 358
13.8.2 Fixed Louvers ............................................... 360
13.8.3 Adjustable Louvers ...................................... 363
13.9 Roof Curbs .................................................................... 366
322
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.1 : General 1 of 1
A basic Zamil Steel building is comprised of This chapter lists the building accessories that are
primary rigid frames, secondary structural members most common to pre-engineered buildings and
(roof, purlins, wall girts, eave struts), bracing highlights the interface details for incorporating
systems (diagonal X-bracing or portal frames), post these accessories in Zamil Steel pre-engineered
& beam endwalls (corner columns, endwall wind buildings economically & aesthetically.
columns & load bearing rafters) and sheeting (roof
and wall panels).
323
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.2 : Personnel Walk Doors 1 of 4
Zamil Steel supplies two types of personnel walk water resistant resin and has a crush strength of 0.02
doors: single personnel doors and double kN/cm2.
personnel doors.
Doors have full mortise hinge preparation with 4
Single personnel doors are available in one standard mm hinge reinforcement. Each door leaf has three
size: 915 mm wide x 2135 mm long. Double mortise hinges (115 mm x 115 mm) with ball
personnel doors are available in one standard size: bearings, for moderate use, and a nonremovable
1829 mm wide x 2135 mm long. stainless steel pin. The finish is dull chrome.
Doors are designed in accordance with the American The lockset is a key type cylindrical lockset with
National Standard Test Procedure and Acceptance dull chrome finish.
Criteria for physical endurance.
A “Z” shaped astragal is furnished for all double
Door Frames leaf doors and painted with white color.
Door frames are fabricated from 1.5 mm cold- Panic devices, thresholds, weather stripping, and
formed steel, galvanized according to specification door closers are optional and may be supplied at
ASTM A525 M (Z-180) classification. The frames additional cost.
are treated with a metal-prepared zinc-chromate
wash and painted in a white finish. They are
delivered to site in a knocked-down condition.
Door Leaf
324
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.2 : Personnel Walk Doors 2 of 4
GIRT GIRT
B B
A A
WALL PANEL WALL PANEL
MORTISE MORTISE
HINGE HINGE
DOOR LEAF
D D DOOR LEAF
E E
C THRESHOLD SUPPORT C
THRESHOLD SUPPORT
JAMB
GIRT DOOR INUM
ALUM
T R UDED UBBER
GIRT E X
INYL
R
L PAN
EL AND V ND
W AL ROU
ONG ALL A
mm L LEAF
W/ 1 2 x 35 BOLTS DOOR
TRIM )- M L
HEAD ILLING
(2
STEE
L GIRT) W AL
D R MILD LOCATE TO PANE
L DOORP
SELF ERS SWEE
EN (FIELD
FAST JAMB SHOL
D
HEAD TRIM THRE
DOOR NSION
HEAD EXTE ON
W/ DOOR IVET JAMB LDED
TRIM POP R SIDE) IP WE
JAMB ILLING J AMB W/ CL
D R DOOR (E A C H
D
SELF ERS SHOL
EN JAMB THRE
FAST DOOR SUPP
OR T
JAMB
DOOR INUM
ALUM JAMB
UDED ER DOOR
EXTR YL RUBB O
AND V ND
IN CLIP L PANE
L
GIRT 12 x 35 mm LTS WALL
L L A ROU / (4 )- M L B O
A W
STEE
LEAF MILD mm
L DOOR 2 x 35 S
W AL MB (2)-M1 ION BOLT
PANE
L R JA NS BASE /
DOO EXPA EW
GIRT ANGL Y NAILS
JAMB SHOL
D NR
TRIM THRE RIVE
T
Y MASO
POP EMPORAR O T BY
T (N L)
(FOR LATION) STEE
INSTA L ZAMIL
P
SWEE LING
DOOR DRIL
S H OLD SELF NER
THRE T FAST
E
O R
SUPP
DETAIL-C
DETAIL-C DETAIL-D DETAIL-E
(OUT SWING DOOR LEAF POSITION)
325
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.2 : Personnel Walk Doors 3 of 4
BLOCKWALL BLOCKWALL
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
A A
B B
MORTISE MORTISE
HINGE HINGE
DOOR LEAF
DOOR LEAF
THRESHOLD THRESHOLD
DOOR FINISHED DOOR
SWEEP FINISHED FLOOR FLOOR SWEEP
LEVEL LEVEL
D D
C THRESHOLD SUPPORT C
THRESHOLD SUPPORT
EAM TEEL)
EL B S ALL EL
ALL EL) L I NT BY ZAMIL CKW
CKW TE EAM EE L O T BLO ZAMIL STE
BLO Y ZAMIL S EL B T (N BY
(NOT
B LINT Y ZAMIL S (NOT
O T B
(N
S
BOLT M ) MB
ION
ANS INTEL BEA
R JA
EXP L DOO
2
(2)-M1 LOCATE TO
(FIELD
AD N
R HE NSI O N
DOO HEAD EXTE DED O
R J AMB DOOR J AMB I P WEL
DOO L
RI VE
T W/ C
POP H SI DE)
EAC /2 LTS
( (2)-M1 SION BO
J AMB N
DOOR EXPA
DETAIL-A DETAIL-B DETAIL-D
ALL TEEL)
CKW
CKW
ALL EL)
E BLO Y ZAMIL S
BLO ZAMIL ST B
Y (NOT
B
(NOT
MB MB
R JA AND R JA
DOO INUM DOO AND
ALUM AROUND INUM ND
UD E D
AL L ALUM L AROU
EXTR RUBBER UD ED
R AL
VINY
L EXTR RUBBE
L
R LE
AF VINY AF
DOO ING) R LE )
W DOO SWING
(IN S (OUT
EEP
R SW OLD
DOO ESH
THR
OLD
ESH
THR
EEP
D R SW
ESH
OL DOO
THR RT POR
T
P PO SUP
S U
SHOLD
E
THR
DETAIL-C DETAIL-C
(IN SWING DOOR LEAF POSITION) (OUT SWING DOOR LEAF POSITION)
326
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.2 : Personnel Walk Doors 4 of 4
DOOR DOOR
FRAME FRAME
MEMBERS MEMBERS
LOCK
LOCK
SINGLE SOLID DOOR WITH CYLINDER LOCK DOUBLE SIDE VISION DOOR WITH CYLINDER LOCK
(SIDE VISION DOORS ALSO AVAILABLE) (SOLID DOORS ALSO AVAILABLE)
DOOR DOOR
FRAME FRAME
MEMBERS MEMBERS
PANIC
DEVICE
SINGLE SIDE VISION DOOR WITH PANIC DEVICE DOUBLE SOLID DOOR WITH PANIC DEVICE
(SOLID DOORS ALSO AVAILABLE) (SIDE VISION DOORS ALSO AVAILABLE)
327
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.3 : Windows 1 of 2
Zamil Steel aluminum windows are designed The frames of the screen are sufficiently rigid to
specifically for Zamil Steel pre-engineered lay flat against the window without causing exces-
buildings. Windows are two-leafed horizontal half- sive bending in the frame members or sag in the
slide type made from aluminum. The aluminum screen.
extrusions serve as flashing for the head, jambs and
sill sections. They are completely assembled, Screen and screen spline are made of aluminum or
factory glazed, with a single leaf insect screen and a material compatible with aluminum.
shipped ready for installation.
The surface finish of all aluminum extrusions and
Aluminum extrusions used for the main frame, aluminum assemblies is a naturally anodized coat-
mullion sections and sash sections are tempered ing with a minimum thickness of 15 microns.
aluminum alloy equivalent to alloy type 6063 T6
of ASTM B221. Standard window sizes are:
• 1000 mm wide x 1000 mm high
The main frame and mullion of the window have a
• 1500 mm wide x 1000 mm high
nominal wall thickness not less than 1.3 mm.
328
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.3 : Windows 2 of 2
WINDOW FRAME
GIRT
PLATE
ALUMINUM JAMB
CLOSURE
WALL PANEL
1.5
14 WINDOW WIDTH 14
1150
FRAMED OPENING WIDTH
14 WINDOW WIDTH 14
BIRD SCREEN
7.5
B
DRIP TRIM
1.5
PLATE
1009 FRAMED OPENING HEIGHT
1150
FLOW ABLE
MASTIC WINDO W FRAME
7.5
SILL TRIM
329
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.4 : Sliding Doors 1 of 6
Zamil Steel supplies both single sliding doors and Type B1 double sliding doors are guided by a top
double sliding doors. guide that runs on a top track which is connected to
a cold-formed header. The bottom of the door leaves
Standard single sliding doors slide horizontally in is supported by rollers, which travel along a roller
one direction whereas the leaves of double sliding guide that is embedded in the concrete ramp.
doors slide in opposite directions.
Zamil Steel manufactures the three types of double
The framing of the door is made from galvanized sliding doors in any combination of width and length
cold-formed channels having a yield strength of 34.5 up to a maximum size of 6000 mm x 6000 mm.
kN/cm 2 and a minimum thickness of 2.0 mm. It is
delivered knocked-down for field assembly. The Field assembly and installation of double sliding
door leaves are sheeted with 0.5 mm pre-painted doors is made in accordance with the erection
Zincalume panels normally matching the color of drawings and instructions issued by Zamil Steel.
the wall panels. The interior liner (optional) of the
sliding door shall be made from 0.5 mm Profile “C”
panel matching the color of the interior wall liner.
330
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.4 : Sliding Doors 2 of 6
SLIDE DIRECTION
ZAMIL
ALL
W
END LINE
TEEL
S
SID
EW
STE ALL
EL L
INE
331
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.4 : Sliding Doors 3 of 6
ZAMIL
LL
WA
END LINE
EL
STE
SID
EW
STE ALL
EL L
INE
332
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.4 : Sliding Doors 4 of 6
DOOR J AMB
FRAMED OPENING
(NOTCH) 40 BASE CLIP
WALL PANEL GIRT
DOOR GUIDE EXP ANSION BOLTS
HOOD TRIM
FINISHED FLOOR
10 60
CLIP LEVEL
HEADER
40
CLIP
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
TROLLEY TRUCK SECTION-M
TROLLEY RAIL
DOOR MEMBER DOOR JAMB
(TOP)
SIDEW ALL OR ENDW ALL
STEEL LINE
DOOR HEIGHT
EXPANSION BOLT
C
L EXPANSION BOLTS
SIDEW ALL OR ENDW ALL FRAME OPENING JAMB (TYP)
STEEL LINE N
BASE ANGLE
M
200
DOOR LEAF
HALF DOOR WIDTH HALF DOOR WIDTH HALF DOOR WIDTH HALF DOOR WIDTH
+ 65 + 65
DOOR WIDTH
PLAN : ANCHORBOLTSETTING
333
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.4 : Sliding Doors 5 of 6
SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL
STEEL LINE
DOOR JAMB
FRAMED OPENING
WALL PANEL GIRT CLIP (NOTCH) 40 BASE CLIP
60
LEVEL
(NOTCH) 40
HEADER
10
CLIP
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
TROLLEY TRUCK
TROLLEY RAIL SECTION–M
DOOR MEMBER
(TOP) DOOR JAMB
STEEL LINE
CLOSURE ANGLE DOOR JAMB
VERTICAL STILE
FRAMED OPENING
CLIP FRAMED OPENING BASE CLIP
BASE CLIP
CLIP
EXPANSION BOLTS
DOOR GUIDE
FINISHED FLOOR
DOOR GUIDE LEVEL
60
RAMP
LINE
EXPANSION BOLT
10
CL
EXPANSION BOLTS
SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL FRAME OPENING JAMB (TYP)
STEEL LINE N M
BASE ANGLE
200
RAMP DOWN
DOOR GUIDE
DOOR LEAF
HALF DOOR WIDTH HALF DOOR WIDTH HALF DOOR WIDTH HALF DOOR WIDTH
+ 65 + 65
DOOR WIDTH
334
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.4 : Sliding Doors 6 of 6
SIDEWALL OR ENDWALL
STEEL LINE
DOOR JAMB
WALL PANEL
FRAMED OPENING
GIRT BASE CLIP
(NOTCH) 40
DOOR GUIDE
HOOD TRIM EXPANSION BOLTS
53 60 60
CLIP FINISHED FLOOR
HEADER LEVEL
CLIP
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
TOP TRACK
PLATE
TOP GUIDE SECTION–M
DOOR MEMBER
(TOP) DOOR JAMB
STEEL LINE
LEVEL
BOTTOM ROLLER
RAM
LINE
EXPANSION BOLT
EXPANSION BOLTS
STEEL LINE
DOOR GUIDE
FRAMED OPENING JAMB
N M (TYP)
C
L (NOTCH)
40
BASE ANGLE
RAMP DOWN
DOOR LEAF
HALF DOOR WIDTH HALF DOOR WIDTH HALF DOOR WIDTH HALF DOOR WIDTH
+ 65 + 65
DOOR WIDTH
335
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.5 : Roll-Up Doors 1 of 5
Zamil Steel supplies two types of roll-up doors: applied during the production of the steel coil prior
manually operated roll-up doors and electrically to the roll forming of the slat. This process allows a
operated roll-up doors. consistent high quality finish to the product.
Zamil Steel roll-up doors are designed to be The curtain slats are secured in position using nylon
attractive, long lasting and easy to operate. Doors clips on alternate slats. These curtain clips prevent
are supplied complete with guides, axles, springs, the slats from moving sideways thereby preventing
curtains and weather stripping (for the sides and the curtain from jamming. The design of the clips
bottom) and are manufactured and assembled by also serve to reduce noise caused from the slats
Zamil Aluminum Industries (Dammam) under an rubbing on the guide channels.
agreement with Trevor Doors of Australia.
The bottom rail is manufactured from a specially
Each manually operated roll-up door unit is chain- designed extruded aluminium section. The design
operated manually. Electrically operated roll-up incorporates a bottom rail weather seal housing.
doors are supplied with additional chain equipment
to work manually in case of a power failure.
336
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.5 : Roll-Up Doors 2 of 5
The drum bracket is made of 8 mm thick mild steel Motor operated Trevor roll-up doors are operated
and is bent to form a 76 mm perpendicular foot. from the right hand end. An electric motor and the
These brackets support the drum and curtain gearbox units are fitted to all roll-up doors. Standard
assembly. They are attached to the inside wall of voltages for these units are either 220 volt single
the building, providing drive gear ends to suit the phase or 380 volt three phase. Motor units are
type and arrangement of the roller shutter. All supplied complete with contactor boxes but do not
brackets are factory prime painted with a zinc include wiring. Motor operated roll-up doors may
chromate coating to provide corrosion protection. be secured with pad bolts.
The curtain of the roll-up door is supported by a Standard Zamil Steel roll-up doors sizes are listed
robust steel drum tube. The drum has a wall below:
thickness of 3.2 mm and a diameter of 165.4 mm.
The drum is uniquely designed to give a high factor Width (mm) Height (mm)
of operating safety and minimum deflection. The 3000 3000
drum accommodates the springs, shaft, collars and
3000 4000
bearings. The springs are designed to counter
balance the weight of the shutter assembly. 4000 4000
4000 5000
The guide sections of the roll-up doors are produced
5000 5000
from 2.5 mm thick mild steel strips that are hot dip
galvanized then cold-formed into channel sections.
Other custom sizes can be made to fit the
After forming, the channel sections have a width of
requirements of the customer.
100 mm. The top of both guide channels are flared
outwards and the flanges welded for the ease of
curtain entry into the channels. Roll-up doors are
secured with pad bolts.
337
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.5 : Roll-Up Doors 3 of 5
C
L GIRT
G C
INSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
700(MIN.)
NOTE:
SEE PAGE 5 0F 5 OF
THIS SECTION FOR
DRAWING DETAILS.
HEAD TRIM
(SLIT PANEL THRU FRAMED
RIBS TO EXTEND A OPENING
TRIM TO OUT OF HEADER
JAMB TRIM) GIRTS
DOOR HEIGHT
WALL PANEL
B
D
FRAMED
OPENING
JAMB
BASE ANGLE E FINISHED FLOOR
LEVEL
F
DOOR WIDTH
DRUM BRACKET
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
GIRT
DRUM TUBE
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
(MIN.)
600
WALL PANEL
HEAD TRIM
OPTIONAL BRUSH
LOCATED UNDER THE HEADER
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SECTION-G
ROLL-UP DOOR (MANUAL) AT FULLYSHEETED WALLS
338
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.5 : Roll-Up Doors 4 of 5
C
L GIRT
H C
INSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
700(MIN.)
NOTE:
SEE PAGE 5 0F 5 OF
THIS SECTION FOR
DRAWING DETAILS.
HEAD TRIM
(SLIT PANEL THRU FRAMED
RIBS TO EXTEND A OPENING
TRIM TO OUT OF HEADER
JAMB TRIM) GIRTS
DOOR HEIGHT
WALL PANEL
B
D
FRAMED
OPENING
JAMB
BASE ANGLE E FINISHED FLOOR
LEVEL
F
DOOR WIDTH
DRUM BRACKET
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
GIRT
DRUM TUBE
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
(MIN.)
600
WALL PANEL
HEAD TRIM
ELECTRIC MOTOR
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
OPTIONAL BRUSH
HAND CHAIN LOCATED UNDER THE HEADER
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SECTION-H
ROLL-UP DOOR (ELECTRIC) AT FULLY SHEETED WALLS
339
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.5 : Roll-Up Doors 5 of 5
GIRT
30
HEAD TRIM
86
FRAMED OPENING FRAMED OPENING
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
HEADER JAMB
318
172
SECTION-A
FRAMED OPENING
30
CLIP
275
WALL PANEL JAMB TRIM
18mm x 42mm
SLOT (TYP)
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
FRAMED OPENING 215 60
FRAMED OPENING
JAMB HEADER
275
CURTAIN GUIDE
CURTAIN
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) DETAIL-C
SECTION-B
GIRT CLIP
FRAMED
OPENING JAMB
GIRT
SLAT
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
DETAIL-D
DETAIL-E DETAIL-F
340
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.6 : Framed Openings 1 of 4
Framed openings are provided in walls and roofs Framed Openings in Walls
Walls
to accommodate special accessories that are not
made or supplied by Zamil Steel. Framed openings in the walls are commonly used
to accommodate special doors, windows, louvers,
The framing details described in this section are for exhaust fans, etc.
standard framed openings. For complex conditions
requiring special framing, the highly trained and
experienced staff of Zamil Steel Engineering De-
partment can design and develop the right framed
openings you need.
341
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.6 : Framed Openings 2 of 4
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
INSIDE FOAM F.O. HEADER
CLOSURE
F.O. FLASHING TRIM
W/ POP RIVETS
F.O.
F.O. JAMB SILL
F.O. TRIM TRIM INSIDE FOAM
WALL PANEL CLOSURE
WALL
PANEL
CLIP GIRT
I II
SID
E
STE WALL ZAMI L STEE
L
EL L
INE LL
WA E
ENDEL LIN
STE
F.O. CLIP
200mm MIN
ISOMETRIC : FRAMED OPENING IN WALL
F.O. JAMB
F.O. HEADER
WALL
PANEL C
L GIRT
DETAIL-D
D
F.O. TRIM
F.O. SILL
F.O. JAMB
A
F.O. HEADER
F.O. HEIGHT
B
C
L
F.O. WIDTH F.O. CLIP
200mm MIN
F.O. SILL
C
F.O. JAM B
E
CLIP
F.O. FLASHING TRIM GIRT
GIRT
DETAIL-I DETAIL-E
ELEVATION : FRAMED OPENING IN WALL BETWEEN GIRTS
342
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.6 : Framed Openings 3 of 4
F.O. JAMB
C
L GIRT
D
BASE CLIP
A
F.O. TRIM F.O. HEADER BASE ANGLE
HEIGHT
B FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL
BASE ANGLE
FINISHED
FLOOR LEVEL
F EXPANSION BOLT
DETAIL-F
DETAIL-II : FRAMED OPENING IN WALL FROM FLOOR LINE TO FIRST GIRTLEVEL
C GIRT
F.O. CLIP
L
A
F.O. TRIM
F.O. HEADER
G
HEIGHT
F.O. JAMB
WIDTH GIRT
WALL PANEL
F.O. JAMB
BASE ANGLE
FINISHED
FLOOR LEVEL
F
DETAIL-G
343
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.6 : Framed Openings 4 of 4
FO CLIP PURLIN
SID
E
STE WALL ZAMI L STEE
L
EL L
INE LL
WA E
ENDEL LIN
ST E
F.O. CLIP
200mm MIN
ISOMETRIC : FRAMED OPENING IN ROOF
F.O. TRIM
F.O. JAMB
F.O. HEADER
INSIDE FOAM
ROOF CLOSURE
PANEL C
L PURLIN
DETAIL-M
M SLITTED END
F.O. TRIM BENDED FLAT
ON THE PANEL
SURFACE
O AT SLITTED EDGES
C
L
F.O. WIDTH DETAIL-O F.O. CLIP
200mm MIN
F.O. JAM B
N
CLIP
F.O. FLASHING TRIM
PURLIN
DETAIL-FO DETAIL-N
ELEVATION : FRAMED OPENING IN ROOF BETWEEN PURLINS
344
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 1 of 13
13.7.1 General (Page 1 of 4)
The primary purpose of ventilation is the control of There are two simple and practical methods for
the interior environment of the building by the determining ventilation requirements:
removal/reduction of:
• The Air Change Method, which is based on a
• Heat buildup thus providing comfort for recommended rate of air changes per hour for
workers, preserving goods and enabling different building usages when ventilator
equipment to function properly.
capacity is given.
• Gaseous by-products (the result of some
manufacturing processes) thus providing a
• The Heat Removal Method, which calculates the
healthier atmosphere for workers. volume of air required to remove the heat gain
inside a building.
• Flammable fumes thus minimizing fire hazards
(ventilation is also important after a fire has These methods are good tools to approximate the
started at which time it helps in removing the ventilation requirements of the building. More
fumes and smoke), and improving visibility for detailed and accurate ventilation plans should be
escapees and fire fighters. sought by contracting ventilation specialists directly.
345
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 2 of 13
13.7.1 General (Page 2 of 4)
Ventilation Design Using Air Change the inside and outside of the building. Read the
Method equivalent required total exhaust capacity in m 3/s.
Table 1
Stack Temperature R = Exhaust Capacity (m3/s)
Height Difference
(m) (½C) ZRV 300 ZRV 600
3 5 0.779 1.559
5 0.916 1.832
6
10 1.109 2.218
5 1.021 2.041
9 10 1.257 2.514
15 1.438 2.876
10 1.382 2.763
12
15 1.591 3.182
10 1.492 2.983
15
15 1.726 3.452
Table 2
N = Recommended
Type of Building Air Changes Per Hour
From To
Warehouses, factories, dining rooms, machine shops, engine rooms,
textile mills, wood working shops 5 10
346
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 3 of 13
13.7.1 General (Page 3 of 4)
Ventilation Design Using Heat Removal Calculate the ventilation rate required (VRreq'd):
Method
H
VRreq'd = where,
Calculate the total heat gain (H) in the building: SH x D x T
SH = Specific heat capacity of air
H = Hs + Hl + Hi where, = 1.005
D = Density of air = 1.206 kg/m3
Hl = Heat gain from lighting T = Temperature difference (use ½C
Hi = Heat gain from internal equipment, difference per meter of stack height).
people, etc.
Hs = Solar Heat Gain Determine the quantity of ventilators needed,
Hs = A x I x a x e where,
VRreq’d
Quantity of ventilators = where,
A = Roof Area R
I = Actual Solar Radiation striking the R = Exhaust capacity in m3/s of all ventilators
roof surface (= 0.945 kW/m2 for Saudi (see page 2 of 13 of this section)
Arabia)
a = Solar radiation factor of the sheets Calculate the total area of gravity ventilators:
(= 0.40 for Zamil Steel standard roof
sheeting) Total ventilator area =
e = Proportion of "a" transmitted into the
VR req’d
building. This factor is dependent on
the "U" value of insulation [0.03 x stack height x T] 1/2
= 0.093 for a building with insulation
= 1.000 for a building without For special ventilators, the supplier's catalogue must
insulation be consulted.
347
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 4 of 13
13.7.1 General (Page 4 of 4)
• Stack height = 9.45 m The average of the eave height and the ridge
height.
• R (for ZRV 300) = 1.276 m3/s Exhaust capacity (R), at 9.45 m stack height, is
R (for ZRV 600) = 2.551 m3/s determined by interpolation from the table on
page 2 of 13 of this section.
• Qmax = 46 ventilators < Qv = 83 ZRV 300 cannot be used. Try ZRV 600
348
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 5 of 13
13.7.2 Gravity Ventilators (Page 1 of 6)
Ventilators
349
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 6 of 13
13.7.2 Gravity Ventilators (Page 2 of 6)
Ventilators
ZAMIL
SID
E
STE W ALL
EL L
INE
LL
WA E
END L LIN
E
STE
ZAMIL
SID
E
STE WALL
EL L
INE
LL
WA E
END L LIN
E
STE
350
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 7 of 13
13.7.2 Gravity Ventilators (Page 3 of 6)
Ventilators
N
EE
S CR
B IRD
D G
0 EN SHIN
300 FL
A
TH
RO
AT
FL
AS
BR HIN
AC G
EP
LA
TE
E TO
AT
D PL P
PL
EN AT
E
WI
ND
BA
ND
G
S HIN
LA
DF
EN
WIND BAND
A
THROAT FLASHING
THROAT GUSSET
300
THROAT OPENING
SECTION–A
ND
BA TH
IND RO
W AT
FL
AS
HIN
G
E
AT
P PL EN
TO D
JO INS PLA
INT TA TE
TR GU NO G LLED S
IM TT AP WIT
ER H
351
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 8 of 13
13.7.2 Gravity Ventilators (Page 4 of 6)
Ventilators
N
EE
S CR D G
B 0 IRD EN SHIN
300 B
F L A
E D
PLAT SH
T OP OO
PU K
LLE
YW
HE
OP EL
ER
AT
ORS
C BR HA
AC FT
EP
LAT
E
E
LAT
DP
EN PU
LLE
PER SH
OO
YW
DAM SH K HE
EL
OO
ING K
SH M OP
LA NIS
DF A TOERAT
EN ER CH
MP ME AT PUL OR C
DA TING PU LEY AB
RL W LE
LIF IN HE
EL
EN
CRE
DS
BIR
WIND BAND
B
RAIN WATER OUT
RAIN WATER OUT
D
THROAT FLASHING THROAT GUSSET
DAMPER LIFTING JOINT SHAFT
MECHANISM
OPERATING ARM
PULLEY WHEEL
"S" HOOK
OPERATOR CABLE E
300 AT
P PL PU
THROAT OPENING TO LLE
R YW
PE HE
D AM ND
EL
SECTION-B IND
B A
SH
W OO
K
AT
RO G
TH SHIN N OP
FL
A TIO TOERAT
EC EN
DIR T DP AT PULLOR C
NG SE JO I NS LA PU EY AB
LIFTI US T
TRINT G NO ALLETES RL W LE
TG IM UT G DW IN HE
R OA TE A P I T EL
TH R H
352
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 9 of 13
13.7.2 Gravity Ventilators (Page 5 of 6)
Ventilators
CA
(FLBLE C
AF ATTE ONN
T 50
CA ER TN CONECT
BL HR NN OR
E) EA EC
DIN TO "S"
G R EY HO
OP EO OK
ER FP
AT PU UL
OR OP LLE LE
YW Y
CA ER
HE
BL AT
E OR EL
O OK E EY
PU CA
BL
LLE
SH NG T EO E
LA SSE FP YW
O M FT GU UL HE
EL
TT OA LE
BO THR Y
OF SECTION-C SECTION-D
DETAIL-D
F
E RIDGE VENT
U-BOLT RIDGE VENT
PLAN PLAN
RIDGE VENTILATOR RIDGE VENTILATOR
G 3000 3000
G
3000
MAX MAX MAX
BETWEEN U-BOLTS &/OR BETWEEN U-BOLTS &/OR
HANDLE PULLEY WHEEL HANDLE PULLEY WHEEL
SECTION SECTION
CLEARSPANFRAME MULTI-SPANFRAME
G
ON
m m L OLT
6 B
x 1 EEL
OP M6 D ST
ER I L
M NUT R
AT TO
PU OR W/ OK EC
LLE CA E HO NN
YW BL BL CO
HE E CA T BL
E
EL TOR STRU CA
A E
ER AV
OPOM ELIN
F PUR
R LE I NG
ND ILL
PU OR HA DR
RL LF ER
IN SE TEN
S
FA
COLD-FORMED COLUMN.
S
LE
LIN HO
ILL F O R
1200
R R
PU E D N
BL LD UM LT
CA FIE C O L E BO
OR A T EY
AT m
ER 5m
OP
353
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 10 of 13
13.7.2 Gravity Ventilators (Page 6 of 6)
Ventilators
SCREEN TRIM W/
SELF DRILLING FASTENERS BIRD SCREEN
CL
WIND BAND
TOP PLATE
VENT FRAME
THROAT FLASHING
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
ROOF PANEL
RIDGE PURLIN
300 300
600
THROAT OPENING
TOP PLATE
WIND BAND
THROAT FLASHING
OUTSIDE FOAM
ROOF PANEL CLOSURE
354
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 11 of 13
13.7.3 Power Ventilators (Page 1 of 3)
Ventilators
Power ventilators consist of a one-piece aluminum Ventilation design using the Heat Removal Method
base and throat assembly complete with spun is as illustrated in page 3 of 13 of section 13.7.
aluminum non-return shutters incorporating an anti-
dust/sand seal. For special ventilators, the supplier's catalogue must
be consulted.
Power is supplied by means of a direct drive motor
with an integral aluminum aerofoil blade impeller,
statically and dynamically balanced as a complete
unit. The motor and impeller are fitted with guards
for protection against moving parts. Noise level
does not exceed 66 dB(A) at a distance of 2.0 m.
The unit is weatherproof against rain and dust, con-
sidering a maximum rainfall of 75 mm/h and wind
speed of 130 km/h. The power unit is fitted with a
non return shutter, which closes when the unit is
not in operation and is held in position by a cen-
trifugal locking mechanism.
355
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 12 of 13
13.7.3 Power Ventilators (Page 2 of 3)
Ventilators
SID
EW ZAMI L STEEL
STE ALL
EL L
INE
LL
WA
END L LINE
E
STE
POWER VENTILATOR
ROOF CURB
PURLIN
A
SHEETING ANGLE
SECTION-B
POWER VENTILATOR
B
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER ROOF CURB
1150
ROOF PANEL
FIELD CUT
PANELS
SECTION-A
356
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.7 : Ventilators 13 of 13
13.7.3 Power Ventilators (Page 3 of 3)
Ventilators
SI D EEL
EW ZAMIL ST
STE AL L
EL
LI N
E
LL
WA E
END L L I N
E
STE
POWER VENTILATOR
ROOF PANEL
100 100
BEAD MASTIC
C PURLIN
ACING
PURLIN SP
SHEETING ANGLE
SECTION-D
SECTION-D
POWER VENTILATOR D
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
ROOF PANEL
FIELD CUT
PANELS
1150
SECTION-C
357
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.8 : Louvers 1 of 8
13.8.1 General (Page 1 of 2)
Zamil Steel louvers are used to provide natural air The free inlet area of a building is equal to 1.50 x
flow into a building. There are two standard types ventilation area.
of louvers that are supplied by Zamil Steel: fixed
louvers and adjustable louvers. The following equation is used to determine the
effective inlet area of one louver.
Louvers are generally used in industrial and storage
buildings. They form a part of the ventilation system AEFF = N x C x L where,
that is often required to reduce buildup of dust, vapor
and heat inside buildings to practical levels. The N = Number of openings in louver.
use of louvers, suitably positioned in the perimeter C = Opening depth between blades(m).
walls of a building, in combination with roof L = Opening length (m).
ventilators provides continuous circulation of
natural air and creates a healthier atmosphere for Note that when using an insect screen, the effective
the building occupants. inlet area (AEFF) of the louver should be further
reduced by 50%.
The total effective area of louvers is equal to the
free inlet area of the building minus the area of
permanent opening.
22
C = 35 m m
W = 1544 mm
22 L = 1500 mm 22
A
1044 mm
PLAN
22
SECTION-A
358
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.8 : Louvers 2 of 8
13.8.1 General (Page 2 of 2)
Using the same building example in section 13.7, The building is 140 m long and 36 m wide. The
page 4 of 13. eave height is 9 m and the roof has a 0.5/10 slope.
The building required 46 nos. ZRV 600 gravity ridge
A Clear Span (CS) building that is used as a factory ventilators and has two permanent wall openings,
requires ventilation using gravity ridge ventilators. each 4 m wide x 5 m high. Find the number
of fixed louvers needed to provide proper air
circulation.
• Total no. of louvers required = 161 Total no. of louvers required = 84.2/0.525
359
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.8 : Louvers 3 of 8
13.8.2 Fixed Louvers (Page 1 of 3)
Fixed louvers are made of heavy-duty natural ano- The screen and screen spline are made from
dized aluminum construction and are specifically aluminum or a material compatible with aluminum.
designed to fit Zamil Steel's wall panels. The frame,
blades and flashing of the fixed louver are made of Standard fixed louvers are available in one size only:
tempered aluminum alloy extrusions meeting 1500 mm wide x 1000 mm high.
ASTM B 221 Alloy 6063-T6.
360
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.8 : Louvers 4 of 8
13.8.2 Fixed Louvers (Page 2 of 3)
FLOWABLE MASTIC
WALL PANEL
105
STEEL LIN E
SL2-4.8 x 20
SELF DRILLING FASTENER
22 1500 LOUVER WIDTH 22 AT 300mm O.C
SECTION-A
STEEL LINE
22
SCREEN
40 48 1044 FRAMED OPENING HEIGHT
B
22
FIXED LOUVER
BLADE (TYP)
1150
FRAMED OPENING HEIGHT
A FLOWABLE MASTIC
22
ACCESSORY GIRT
WALL PANEL
SELF DRILLING
22
FASTENER
FIXED LOUVER
BLADES
361
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.8 : Louvers 5 of 8
13.8.2 Fixed Louvers (Page 3 of 3)
FLOWABLE MASTIC
48 22 22 48
LOUVER
FRAME
FIXED LOUVER BLADES
TRIM
STEEL LINE
FLOWABLE MASTIC
(ALL AROUND)
SECTION-C
SECTION-C
TRIM
STEEL LINE
FLOWABLE MASTIC
(ALL AROUND)
FRAMED OPENING WIDTH
DRIP TRIM
22 1500 LOUVER WIDTH 22 GIRT
48
22
SCREEN
D
48 1044 FRAMED OPENING HEIGHT
22
FIXED LOUVER
BLADE (TYP)
FRAMED OPENING HEIGHT
1150
1000 LOUVER HEIGHT
C LOUVER FRAME
22
SILL TRIM
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
ACCESSORY GIRT
22
FIXED LOUVER
TEMPCON
BLADES WALL PANEL
362
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.8 : Louvers 6 of 8
13.8.3 Adjustable Louvers (Page 1 of 3)
Adjustable louvers are heavy-duty natural anodized The screen frames are extruded and manufactured
aluminum construction and are specially designed from a suitable alloy. They are sufficiently rigid
for Zamil Steel wall panels. Standard stationary and to lie flat against the louver and prevent excessive
adjustable louvers are available for all Zamil Steel bending in frame members and sagging in
buildings. The frame, blades and flashing of the screening.
adjustable louvers are tempered aluminum
alloy extrusions confirming to ASTM B 221 Alloy The screen and screen spline are from aluminum or
6063-T6. a material compatible with aluminum.
Pivot clips are made of hardened aluminum to hold Standard adjustable louvers are available in one size:
the blades tight. 900 mm wide x 1000 mm high
363
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.8 : Louvers 7 of 8
13.8.3 Adjustable Louvers (Page 2 of 3)
ADJUSTABLE LOUVER
BLADES FLOWABLE MASTIC
WALL PANEL
105
STEEL LIN E
SECTION-A
STEEL LINE
22
1044 FRAMED OPENING HEIGHT
SCREEN
ADJUSTABLE LOUVER
1000 LOUVER HEIGHT
B BLADE (TYP)
22
1150
FRAMED OPENING HEIGHT
FLOWABLE MASTIC
A
48
22
ACCESSORY GIRT
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
WALL PANEL
22
ADJUSTABLE LOUVER
BLADES
364
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.8 : Louvers 8 of 8
13.8.3 Adjustable Louvers (Page 3 of 3)
FLOWABLE MASTIC
48 22 22 48
ADJUSTABLE LOUVER
LOUVER BLADES FRAME
TRIM
105
STEEL LINE
FLOWABLE MASTIC
(ALL AROUND)
TRIM
SECTION-C
STEEL LINE
GIRT
SCREEN
48
22
D
22
ADJUSTABLE
LOUVER BLADE
(TYP)
C LOUVER FRAME
22
SILL TRIM
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
ACCESSORY GIRT
22
ADJUSTABLE
TEMPCON
LOUVER BLADES WALL PANEL
365
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.9 : Roof Curbs 1 of 3
Fiberglass roof curbs will be provided if "Colt For very heavy equipment or building accessories,
Tornado" power ventilators (Zamil Steel’s standard) a reinforcement is embedded in between the
at the ridge are included in Zamil Steel's scope of fiberglass layers to provide extra strength to the roof
supply. Roof curbs are also supplied, if requested curb.
by customers, to support roof mounted fans or other
equipment. It is strongly recommended to provide roof curbs
for power vents and fans as they provide a horizontal
The fiberglass roof curb base has the same profile surface for mounting the fans which in turn results
as Zamil Steel's standard panel profile thus making in smoother fan performance.
installation easy and watertight. Most importantly,
the roof curb eliminates the need for intricate metal
trims around roof openings, which are normally
required to protect against roof leaks.
366
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.9 : Roof Curbs 2 of 3
ROOF CURB
VARIES
75 C
L RIDGE 75
ROOF PANEL
A
ROOF OPENING PURLIN
VARIES
350 75 75 350
FIELD CUT
ROOF CURB BASE
ROOF PANEL
FRAMED OPENING
MEMBER (OPTIONAL)
SECTION-A
367
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.9 : Roof Curbs 3 of 3
ROOF CURB
VARIES
75 75 100 100
ROOF CURB SELF DRILLING FASTENE R
ROOF CURB BASE
100 100
100
BEAD MASTIC
PURLIN
B
NING
ROOF OPE FRAMED OPENING
MEMBER (OPTIONAL)
SHEETING ANGLE ACING
PURLIN SP
VARIES
350 75 75 350
FIELD CUT
ROOF CURB BASE
ROOF PANEL
FRAMED OPENING
MEMBER (OPTIONAL)
SECTION-B
368
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.10 : Translucent Panels 1 of 3
369
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.10 : Translucent Panels 2 of 3
GARAGES
(lux)
10,000
Repair Services 1100
Illuminance
9,500
9,000 Parking Garages 550
8,500
OFFICES
External
8,000
Fine Operations 2200
External
7,500
7,000 Regular Work 1100
6,500
FACTORIES
6,000
Inspection 2200
5,500
5,000 Fine 1100
4,500 Medium 550
4,000
3,800 EXHIBITION HALLS 1100
3,600
5 10 20 30 40
0.28
Ratio of building length/
Height of walls above working plane 4.0
REFERENCES:
Area // Floor
0.24
10.0 1. Helms, R.N. and Blecher, M.C., ‘Lighting for Energy - Efficient Luminous
0.20 Environment’, Prentice Hall, 1991.
Glass Area
0.08 1968.
0.04
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
370
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.10 : Translucent Panels 3 of 3
50
32
PANEL WIDTH
FTER
TOP OF RA
OUTSIDE BEAD MASTIC
FOAM SELF DRILLING FASTENERS
CLOSURE PURLIN
ROOF PANEL
EAVE STRUT
OUTSIDE FOAM
GUTTER CLOSURE
WALL LIGHT
SECTION-A : ROOF SIDE LAP
PANEL
W ALL LIGHT PANEL
EAVE HEIGHT
GIRT
75
*25
SIDEWALL
PANEL
200 SECTION-B : WALL SIDE LAP
371
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.11 : Suspended Ceilings 1 of 2
Suspended ceilings are popular and economical Lighting fixtures, A/C inlets and outlets, etc. are
solutions for the interior of the building. They are available in sizes to fit the dimensions and patterns
aesthetical and ideal to use in pre-engineered build- of the suspended ceiling. The specifications of
ings that are used for offices, show rooms, schools suspended ceilings are given in the table below.
and supermarkets. Suspended ceilings provide good
performance in thermal insulation, fire resistance Special extra-resistant panel material is also avail-
and sound absorption and they are easy to install. able for special fire behavior and water resistance.
Different architectural shapes are also possible and
The suspended ceiling system recommended by available upon request.
Zamil Steel consists of the following:
372
CHAPTER 13 : BUILDING ACCESSORIES
Section 13.11 : Suspended Ceilings 2 of 2
RIDGE LINE
RIDGE PANEL PURLIN
EAVE STRUT ROOF PANEL
WALL ANGLE
FASTENED TO
LINER PANELS WALL PANEL
W/ POP RIVETS
IN
FINISHED CR RL
PU
FLOOR LEVEL (60OSS
0 m TE
m) E
MA
IN
TE
E
GA
LV
AN
IZE
EL DW
AN IRE
ING PK EE MA
IL H m
CEmm T600 m ST IN
OS m) TE
15 mm x CR 00 m E
600DULE (12
MO
E CR
TE O
SS ) (12 SS T
O m 00 EE
CR 0 m mm
(60 )
373
374
C
H
A
P
INSULATION
T
E
R
14
375
Insulation
376
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.1 : General 1 of 1
The most practical and common type of insulation The following two subsections (section 14.2 and
for pre-engineered steel buildings is a form of rolled section 14.3) are devoted to these two types of
blanket insulation that is available in two types: blanket insulation.
• Fiberglass blanket
• Rockwool blanket
377
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.2 : Fiberglass 1 of 5
The most practical type of insulation used in pre- 7. Working temperature limitations is from -4oC
engineered steel buildings is fiberglass insulation. to 240oC.
It is recommended that roofs and walls of Zamil
Steel pre-engineered steel buildings be insulated 8. Non-toxic, rot proof, odorless, non-hygroscopic
with standard fiberglass insulation which have the and does not breed or sustain mold, fungus,
following specifications: bacteria or rodents. Mold growth test as per
ASTM C991.
1. Fire safety properties comply with the following
standard codes: 9. Thermal conductivity (K-Values) at 25oC are
BS 476 Part 4 - Non combustible; ASTM E84 shown in the following table:
(via UL 723); ASTM E136
BS 476 Part 6 - Fire propagation Insulation K-Value (W/m.K) at densities
BS 476 Part 7 - Surface spread of flame Thickness (mm) 10 kg/m3 12 kg/m3 16 kg/m3 20 kg/m3
50 to 150 0.042 0.040 0.039 0.036
2. Rolls are 1000 mm wide with 50 mm side tabs.
10. Insulation performance can be directly meas-
3. Densities are 10, 12, 16 and 20 kg/m3. ured in terms of the thermal resistance
(R-Values) of the material expressed in
4. The fiberglass blanket is laminated to a choice m2K/W, which is obtained by the equation,
of functional facings to provide attractive R=T/K where T=thickness in meters and
reflective surfaces that brighten the building K=thermal conductivity in W/m.K. Thermal
interior thus reducing cost of lighting. The resistance (R-Values*) at 25oC are shown in the
lamination also acts as an effective vapor barrier, following table:
a control of condensation and dripping moisture,
and a flame retardant component of the Insulation R-Value (m2.K/W) at densities
insulation material. The types of facings Thickness (mm) 10 kg/m3 12 kg/m3 16 kg/m3 20 kg/m3
supplied are white metalized scrim kraft 50 1.190 1.250 1.282 1.389
(WMSK), foil-reinforced kraft (FRK) and white 75 1.786 1.875 1.923 2.083
vinyl. 100 2.381 2.500 2.564 2.778
150 3.571 3.750 3.846 4.167
5. Moisture absorption is less than one percent by
weight when tested in accordance with ASTM *The higher the R-Value, the better the insulation.
C553, BS 2972 or BS 6676. The fiberglass
insulation does not absorb moisture from the
ambient air nor water by capillary action. Only
water under pressure wetness the insulation,
which will quickly dry out due to the material’s
open cell structure.
378
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.2 : Fiberglass 2 of 5
11. Acoustic insulation values are listed in the Thermal transmission (U-Value) is the rate of heat
following two tables: transfer under steady conditions through a unit area
Sound Absorption Coefficients (as per ASTM C423) of a roof or wall when one unit of temperature dif-
Coefficients of Sound Absorption ference exists between air on both sides of that roof
Density Thickness
Sound Frequencies (Hz) or wall. The installed U-Value is the reciprocal of
kg/m3 (mm)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC
the sum of the resistances of the component parts
50 0.25 0.45 0.70 0.80 0.85 0.85 0.70
of the structure plus the resistance of the surfaces
75 0.32 0.70 0.90 1.00 0.90 1.00 085
and any cavities within the structure. The installed
10
100 0.45 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
U-Value for roof and walls can be calculated from
150 0.60 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
the following equation.
50 0.27 0.45 0.75 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.70
1
75 0.35 0.75 0.95 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.90 U =
12
100 0.47 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
RT
150 0.62 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 RT = RSO + RES + RIN + RAG + RIS + RSI
50 0.30 0.50 0.80 0.90 0.85 0.85 0.75 where,
75 0.40 0.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 RT = total heat resistance,
16
100 0.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 RSO = external surface resistance,
150 0.65 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
RES = external sheeting resistance,
50 0.35 0.50 0.80 0.95 0.95 0.90 0.80
RIN = insulation resistance,
75 0.45 0.85 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.95
RAG = air gap resistance (if any),
20
100 0.55 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
RIS = internal sheeting or lining resistance
150 0.70 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(if any),
RSI = internal surface resistance.
Sound transmission losses for single metallic sheet wall
plus insulation (as per ASTM E90):
The following table shows the installed thermal
Sound Transmission Loss (dB)
Density Thickness transmission (U-Value) for roof and walls of
Sound Frequencies (Hz)
kg/m3 (mm) pre-engineered buildings using a 50, 75, 100 and
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 STC
150 mm thick fiberglass blankets having a density
50 12 15 16 29 31 37 24
of 10 kg/m3, and based on summer conditions as
75 12 16 18 31 32 39 25
10 calculated from the above formula.
100 12 17 21 34 36 42 27
150 13 19 26 41 42 48 30
U-Value
50 12 15 16 29 31 37 24 Insulation
Roof Wall
75 12 16 18 31 32 39 25 Thickness (mm)
2
12 (W/m . K) (W/m2. K)
100 12 17 21 34 36 42 27
150 13 19 26 41 42 48 30 50 0.642 0.678
50 12 15 16 31 33 39 24 75 0.464 0.483
75 12 16 19 33 34 41 26 100 0.364 0.375
16
100 12 17 22 36 38 43 28 150 0.254 0.259
150 13 19 27 42 43 49 32
Examples for the calculation of installed R-Value
50 12 15 16 31 33 39 24
are shown on the next page.
75 12 16 19 33 34 41 26
20
100 12 17 22 36 38 43 28
150 13 19 27 42 43 49 32
379
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.2 : Fiberglass 3 of 5
The following examples illustrate the calculations resistances in horizontal construction may differ
of the installed “R” value for the roof and wall from resistances for vertical construction.
construction using fiberglass insulation. Note that
RSO
RES
R IN
RAG
R IS
R SI
R. F. RAFTER
ROOF ROOF
Roof Construction: Summer Condition
Resistance (R)
Element Construction 2
ft h.½F/Btu m2.K/w
R SO Outside surface (wind speed = 7.5 mph) 0.25 0.044
RRS Roof sheeting 0.00 0.000
RIN 100mm fiberglass insulation at 24½C = 75½F 12.72 2.240
R AG Air gap (200mm) 0.92 0.162
RIS Liner 0.00 0.000
RSI Inside surface (still air) 0.92 0.162
TOTAL HEAT RESISTANCE (RT) 14.81 2.608
RSO R IN R IS
RES RAG R SI
R. F. COLUM N
WALL
Wall Construction: Summer Condition
Resistance (R)
Element Construction 2
ft h.½F/Btu m2.K/w
R SO Outside surface (wind speed = 7.5 mph) 0.25 0.044
RES Roof sheeting 0.00 0.000
RIN 100mm fiberglass insulation at 24½C = 75½F 12.72 2.240
R AG Air gap (200mm) 0.92 0.162
RIS Liner 0.00 0.000
RSI Inside surface (still air) 0.92 0.162
TOTAL HEAT RESISTANCE (RT) 14.81 2.608
REFERENCES:
1. Owens, “Fundamentals of Heat Transfer”, Corning Fiberglass.
2. Paul Marsch, “Thermal Insulation and Condensation”, the Construction Press, 1979.
380
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.2 : Fiberglass 4 of 5
SHEETING ANGLE
RIDGE LINE
C
ROOF PANEL
A B
EAVE STRUT
WALL INSULATION
BASE ANGLE
381
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.2 : Fiberglass 5 of 5
GABLE TRIM
ENDWALL
CORNER POST
SELF DRILLING
FASTENER
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE SIDEWALL GIRT
PURLIN
OUTSIDE CORNER
ENDWALL PANEL TRIM
INSIDE CORNER TRIM
GABLE ANGLE
WALL INSULATION
ENDWALL RAFTER
WALL INSULATION
DRIP TRIM
382
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.3 : Rockwool 1 of 2
383
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.3 : Rockwool 2 of 2
Typical acoustic insulation values for rockwool are listed in the following two tables.
384
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.4 : Double Faced Tape 1 of 1
Double faced tape is mainly used in Zamil Steel Although double faced tape is not intended to
pre-engineered buildings where insulation is to be support the insulation weight by itself, it maintains
secured to the eave strut, gable angle, base angle a secured seal that assures the optimum efficiency
and other secondary structural members. of the insulation system.
INSULATION
RELEASE PAPER
EAVE STRUT
RUBBER BASED
ADHESIVE DOUBLE FACED
TAPE
385
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.5 : PatchingTape 1 of 1
Patching tape is used primarily to seam or reinforce liner. It has an excellent bond and long lasting per-
and repair a weakened or torn area of the face of formance aside from being quick and easy to ap-
the insulation blanket due to transport or installation ply. It exhibits good weatherability when exposed
mishandling or accidents. to extreme temperatures ranging from -29½C to 66½C
and has a tensile strength of 9.84 kg/cm width.
Patching tape comes in rolls and is made of a white Patching tapes are not intended to support insulation
metalized polypropylene (WMP) scrim that has a facing.
kraft backing rubber based adhesive and a release
INSULATION FACING
PATCHING TAPE
W/ RUBBER BASED
ADHESIVE
386
CHAPTER 14 : INSULA TION
INSULATION
Section 14.6 : Stapler and Staples 1 of 1
387
388
C
H
A
P
SUNDRY PARTS
T
E
R
15
389
Sundry Parts
390
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YPAR
PARTS
ARTS
Section 15.1 : General 1 of 1
Sundry parts consist of two categories: • Miscellaneous items that are manufactured by
Zamil Steel such as clips, flange braces, sag rods,
• Standard buyouts which are items that form a brackets, stiffeners, end plates, pre-galvanized
part of the basic Zamil Steel buildings but are grating, chequered plates, etc. that are required
not manufactured by Zamil Steel. These include to complete a building.
anchor bolts, primary connections bolts,
secondary connection bolts, sheeting fasteners, Zamil Steel maintains a steady and up-to-date stock
pop rivets, foam closures, bead mastics, of all these items to ensure immediate availability.
flowable mastics, double face (insulation) tape,
packing tape, and stapler with staples.
391
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PARTS
ARTS
Section 15.2 : Anchor Bolts 1 of 1
75 mm
Projection above F.F.L.
(For all sizes of anchor b o
D
for M16 which is equal to 1
F.F.L.
R
B
Dimensional Properties
Total Embedment
Bolt Weight A B C D Radius Straight Straight
Nominal Thread “R” Length Length
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Diameter Pitch (mm) (mm) (mm)
M16 2.00 0.80 400 90 80 100 24 511 436
M20 2.50 1.56 500 110 100 125 30 636 561
M24 3.00 2.73 600 140 128 125 40 775 700
M30 3.50 6.15 900 170 160 150 50 1114 1039
M36 4.00 10.04 1000 210 192 200 60 1263 1138
Allowable Loads
Bolt Pull-out
Tension Shear
Nominal Strength
Diameter (kN) (kN) (kN)
M16 26.54 13.67 24.1
M20 41.47 21.36 39.5
M24 59.72 30.76 49.1
M30 93.31 48.07 75.1
M36 134.36 69.22 85.8
NOTES:
1. ANCHOR BOLT MATERIAL SPECIFICATION CONFORMS TO JIS-G3101 SS400
OR EQUIVALENT.
2. SHEAR AND TENSION ARE BASED ON GROSS NOMINAL AREA OF THE BOLT.
3. PULL-OUT STRENGTH IS BASED ON 2.07 kN/cm2 CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH.
4. ALLOWABLE LOADS DO NOT INCLUDE COMBINED SHEAR AND TENSION.
5. ALLOWABLE LOADS MAY BE INCREASED BY 33% IF DUE TO WIND.
6. ALL BOLTS ARE HOT DIP GALVANIZED (THREADS ARE SPRAY IN COATED).
392
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PAR
ARTSTS
Section 15.3 : Primary Connection Bolts 1 of 2
F
H
G
E
R
L=LT
30… + 0… — 15…
Allowable Loads
Bolt Tension Shear NOTES:
1. TENSION IS BASED ON GROSS NOMINAL AREA.
Nominal Thread Single Double 2. SHEAR IS BASED ON BEARING TYPE CONNECTION WITH THREADS
INCLUDED IN SHEAR PLANE.
Diameter Pitch (kN) (kN) (kN) 3. ALL BOLTS ARE HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS AND HOT DIP GALVANIZED.
4. USAGE: FOR PRIMARY FRAME CONNECTIONS.
M12 1.75 30.16 15.38 30.76 5. AVAILABLE TENSILE & SHEAR STRESS:
a. FOR M12 BOLTS: (Ft=26.67 kN/cm2) TENSILE (Fv=13.60 kN/cm2) SHEAR
M16 2.00 55.63 28.37 56.74 a. FOR BOLTS>M12: (Ft=27.67 kN/cm2) TENSILE (Fv=14.11 kN/cm2) SHEAR
393
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PAR
ARTSTS
Section 15.3 : Primary Connection Bolts 2 of 2
A
G
F
H
NUT T WASHER
Nut Washer
F G H A B T
Bolt
Width Width
Inside Outside
Across Across Thickness
Sizes Diameter Diameter Thickness
Flats Cornners
(mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Nom. Thread
Dia. Pitch Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.
M12 1.75 19.00 18.67 – 21.10 10.00 9.64 14.40 14.00 27.00 25.70 4.60 3.10
M16 2.00 27.00 26.16 31.18 29.56 17.10 16.40 18.40 18.00 34.00 32.40 4.60 3.10
M20 2.50 34.00 33.00 39.26 37.29 20.70 19.40 22.50 22.00 42.00 40.40 4.60 3.10
M24 3.00 41.00 40.00 47.34 45.20 24.20 22.90 26.50 26.00 50.00 48.40 4.60 3.40
M27 3.00 46.00 45.00 53.12 50.85 27.60 26.30 30.50 30.00 56.00 54.10 4.60 3.40
M30 3.50 50.00 49.00 57.74 55.37 30.70 29.10 33.60 33.00 60.00 58.10 4.60 3.40
394
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PAR TS
ARTS
Section 15.4 : Secondary Connection Bolts 1 of 1
H F
G
E
1. TENSION IS BASED ON GROSS NOMINAL AREA.
2. SHEAR IS BASED ON BEARING TYPE CONNECTION
WITH THREADS INCLUDED IN SHEAR PLANE.
3. MILD STEEL BOLTS ARE ELECTRO GALVANIZED WITH
R ALLOWABLE TENSILE AND SHEAR STRENGTH:
L=LT (Ft = 13.33 kN/cm2) TENSILE
(Fv = 6.80 kN/cm2) SHEAR
30+0-15 4. USAGE: FOR PURLIN AND GIRT CONNECTIONS.
A307
MILD STEELBOL
BOLTT
S
Mild Steel Bolt
E F G H R LT L
Body Width Width Height Radius Thread Thread Tension Shear
Bolt Diameter Across Across of Length Length
Flats Corners Fillet
Nom. Thread (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Single Double
Dia. Pitch Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. (kN) (kN) (kN)
M12 1.75 12.00 – 19.01 18.67 – 21.10 7.65 7.32 – 0.60 Full 35 17.3 7.69 15.38
LT LT
2
L 3.2 L
T
J
A H L=LT
STOVEBOLTS
Stove Bolt
D A H J T L LT 1. TENSION IS BASED ON
GROSS NOMINAL AREA.
Head Head Slot Slot Bolt Thread Tensile 2. MATERIAL AND QUALITY
Bolt
Diameter Height Width Depth Length Length Strength CONFORMS TO MILD STEEL
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kN) BOLT SPECIFICATIONS.
Nominal
Thread 3. USAGE: FOR VALLEY
Diameter Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. GUTTERS AND RIDGE
M6 1.00 10.50 9.80 4.20 3.80 1.90 1.60 2.76 2.18 16 Full 3.77 VENTILATORS.
395
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PAR TS
ARTS
Section 15.5 : Sheeting Fasteners 1 of 1
fl7
d
d
KL (MIN.)
8 KL VD 8 KL (MAX.)
L L
SPEDECSD5 SPEDECSDC5
Qb
Zb Zb Fz Fu
Type Qb
SHEAR BREAKING LOAD, Qb TENSILE BREAKING LOAD, Z b PULLOUT LOAD, Fz PULLOVER LOAD, Fu
396
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PARTS
ARTS
Section 15.6 : Pop Rivets 1 of 1
RIVET TENSILE
DIA
RIVET HEAD
SHEAR
GRIP
E MANDREL
H
D
L
(MAX.)
397
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PAR TS
ARTS
Section 15.7 : Foam Closures 1 of 1
Foam closures are Zamil Steel standard supplied Vapor absorption and water vapor transmissions
sundry parts for weather tight sealing between characteristics of foam closures are barely
panels and trims at the eave, gable, base, canopy, measurable making the eave, gable and base of the
ridge as well as above blockwall areas. The types building walls free of moisture that causes rust and
of foam closures supplied depends on the panel mildew. The ease and speed of installation, due to
profile used in the pre-engineered steel building. the interlocking dovetail shape at the end of each
The company keeps inventories of all these types foam closure, eliminate gaps at connections and
in anticipation of the growing demands for Zamil assure a snug fit with no closure sag out.
Steel building products worldwide.
AM AVE
E FO AT E
I D E )
UT INSOSURSIDE
TR CL OF L
V ES IM (R O NE
EA TR PA
VE OF
EA R O
OU
CL TSID
OS E F
UR OA
EA M
TG
AB
LE
M
OA VE
E F T EA
T SIDRE A IDE)
OU SU LL S
O
CL EWA
D
(SI
L EN
NE DW
PA AL
A LL L AP
NE
EW L
SID
SID
L
ST EWA AL
EE LL DW E
LL
INE EN L LIN
EE
ST
AM ASE
FO T B
S IDE RE A
IN SU
O
CL
398
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PARTS
ARTS
Section 15.8 : Bead Mastic 1 of 1
Bead mastic is a high performance tacky elastic Zamil Steel uses two types of bead mastic, single
butyl tape with silicone release paper. It is designed and double bead mastic. Although both types can
to bond to Zincalume, Galvalume, Kynar 500, be used for sealing purposes in a wide variety, single
aluminized steel, galvanized metal, aluminum, bead mastic is primarily used for roof end laps while
silicone polyester coats, polyvinyl fluoride painted double bead mastic is specifically used for heavy
metals, concrete, fiber-reinforced plastics (FRP) and duty sealing of valley gutters.
similar substrates. Bead mastics are engineered to
withstand extreme roof temperature while offering
low temperature compressibility and resistance
to cold flow. They are also formulated without
asbestos fillers and are supplied in rolls for easy
application.
RELEASE PAPER
SINGLE TYPE
RELEASE PAPER
VALLEY
GUTTER
DOUBLE TYPE
399
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PAR
ARTSTS
Section 15.9 : Flowable Mastic 1 of 1
Flowable mastic is a high performance solvent Flowable mastic is supplied in cartridges. Standard
release pigmented acrylic compound sealant. It is caulking guns, or industrial pumps and flow gun
ideal for sealing critical laps in gutters, downspouts, equipment, can be used successfully for easy and
aluminum windows, ridge ventilators, pipe quick compound application. Hoses from pumps or
flashings, etc. It exhibits good adhesion to many header systems and all seals or packing must be
pre-engineered building surfaces including teflon or polypropylene.
siliconized painted metal, aluminized steel,
Zincalume, wood, concrete, and fiber-reinforced Before application, clean metal surface with
plastics (FRP). Flowable mastic remains ductile in cleaning solvent that is recommended by the
the presence of ultraviolet and infrared radiation, manufacturer. Detergents or soaps and water
making it an excellent general purpose sealant. cleaning treatments are not recommended. Exces-
sive uncured material should be quickly removed
Flowable mastic also exhibits good weatherability from the surface with isopropyl alcohol, aromatic
when exposed to rain, ultraviolet and infrared or ketone type solvents.
radiation, atmospheric hydrocarbons and extreme
temperatures ranging from -18oC to 88oC. It also
has exceptional resistance to cuts and tears making
it ideal for sealing dynamically moving joints.
EAVE GUTTER
CAULKING GUN
400
CHAPTER 15 : SUNDR
SUNDRY YP AR
PARTS
ARTS
Section 15.10 : Pipe Flashing 1 of 1
Whenever pipes or tubes protrude through the roof effectively with any roof panel materials such as
panel of a pre-engineered steel building, pipe steel, aluminum, copper, lead, asbestos, cement,
flashing is the fastest and most economical solution plastic fiberglass or timber. It is specifically com-
recommended for preventing water leakage. Pipe pounded for exceptional resistance to ozone, ultra
flashing is flexible enough to accommodate any roof violet rays and water. It remains pliable and is an
panel profile, any protruding member (be it round, effective seal over a wide range of temperatures
square or oval shaped) and any roof slope. And from - 60oC to 200oC.
because pipe flashing allows for movement between
the protruding member and the roof there is no risk Pipe flashing provides a neat looking finish as its
of a breakdown of the seal thus translating into a rubber sleeve can be trimmed to the exact outside
drastic reduction in maintenance costs. diameter of the protruding member to provide a
perfect fit. Sizes are available for pipes with
Pipe flashing is made of silicon rubber or EPDM outside diameters ranging from 4 mm to 175 mm.
(Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) and works
RUBBER SLEEVE
PIPE
PIPE FLASHING
ROOF PANEL
FLOWABLE
MASTIC
401
402
C
H
A
P
SPECIAL BUYOUTS
T
E
R
16
403
Special Buyouts
404
CHAPTER 16 : SPECIAL BUYOUTS
Section 16.1 : General 1 of 1
Special Buyouts are products that are supplied by • Coordinate with the Engineering Department to
Zamil Steel but are not manufactured by Zamil develop proper interface details to accommodate
Steel. They are characterized by the following: the special buyouts within the building shell.
• They do not form a part of any product Special buyouts are normally identified, described
manufactured by Zamil Steel. and priced separately in Zamil Steel’s quotation
offers since they are outside the scope of the basic
• They are not essential for producing a complete building supply.
basic pre-engineered building.
Special buyouts normally take a longer time to price
Standard Buyouts are also products that are and require longer delivery schedules as they fall
supplied by Zamil Steel but are not manufactured outside the direct control of Zamil Steel. In many
by Zamil Steel. They are characterized by the instances they are purchased from foreign sources
following: in the United States or Europe.
405
CHAPTER 16 : SPECIAL BUYOUTS
Section 16.2 : Examples 1 of 1
• Fiberglass insulation
• Aluminum or steel louvers
• Aluminum windows
• Personnel doors
• Roll up doors (single skin or insulated)
• Power ventilators
• Fire rated doors of all types
• Crane systems (crane rails, crane bridge, bus bars, etc.)
• Aircraft hangar doors or hangar door operating systems
• Aluminum framing
• Glass
• Air-conditioning packages
• Demountable gypsum board partitions
• Suspended ceiling
• Insulated skylights
• Fiberglass roof curbs
• Wire mesh to retain roof insulation
406
C
H
A
SPECIALTY P
BUILDINGS T
E
R
17
407
Specialty Buildings
408
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL TY BUILDINGS
SPECIALTY
Section 17.1 : General 1 of 1
Zamil Steel classifies specialty buildings as pre- Thus, in this chapter, we have attempted to
engineered buildings that are used in specific demonstrate only the unique features attributed to
applications. They include: each specialty building. These features can be used
as basic ideas and guidelines for architects and
• Vehicle Parking Shelters designers in similar projects. The pre-engineered
building system is flexible and can accommodate
• Automobile Service / Fuel Stations almost any architectural feature that can be
• Poultry Farm Buildings conceived by the architect.
• Bulk Storage Sheds
• Aircraft Hangars
409
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.2 : Vehicle Parking Shelters 1 of 8
Outdoor vehicle parking shelters have become • Reliable structural design. Like all Zamil
a common feature of commercial, industrial and Steel products, these shelters are designed in
residential developments throughout Asia and accordance with the latest applicable American
Africa. Because the structural integrity and codes (AISC, AISI, AWS, MBMA).
aesthetic appearance of these parking shelters
vary greatly (from the very basic to the exotic) • Quick delivery.
depending on the structural design approach,
material specifications and finishes, Zamil Steel • Fast and simple erection.
has opted to create parking shelters that are
engineered to structurally resist the specified The standard parking shelter systems described in
loads (wind, earthquake, etc.) without sacrificing this section have been proven to be practical and
their aesthetic appearance. durable, time after time, in hundreds of projects.
Owners, architects and contractors need not be
The advantages of using pre-engineered steel build- limited to these standards only; Zamil Steel
ings as vehicle parking shelters are: standards are intended to serve as a starting
point for developing specific project applications
intended to satisfy the customer’s most unique
• Fewer columns. Large bay lengths significantly
requirements.
reduce the number of columns needed, thus
improving safety and utility.
• Architectural versatility. Appearances can be Note: All “standard”, vehicle parking shelters are
shown with recessed column base plates that
enhanced by using any of the following options:
are embedded beneath the finished floor
level. The shelters are supplied with roof
• Vertical or curved fascias
sheeting, gable and eave trim.
• Flat, sculptured or profiled soffit panels
• A variety of panel and trim profiles and
All column base plan dimensions shown are
colors
not for construction. Final dimensions are
• A wide range of special paint systems
shown in the anchor bolt plans issued for
and custom colors for the primary and
construction by Zamil Steel.
secondary structural members
410
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.2 : Vehicle Parking Shelters 2 of 8
Gazelle
C
L
7500 7500
380
1100 4@1500 400 400 4@1500 1100
115 150 115
10
1
50 200 50
1200
200
300
FASCIA LINE RAFTER
(OPTIONAL)
2800
COLUMN
COLUMN BASE PLAN
F.F.L.
(Column recessed 150mm below FFL)
150
6000 3000 6000
15000 (OUT TO OUT OF STEEL)
3 4 5
2 7 WL
+VE
H1 1 6 H6
+VE My=26 kN.m My=26 kN. m
V1 V6 +VE
8kN 8kN
COLUMNREACTIONS 10kN 10kN
+
DEAD + WIND (CASE I) * -25 -5 5 -10 “
FOR 9 m BAY LENGTHS MULTIPLY THE ABOVE
COLUMN REACTIONS BY 1.50 DEAD + WIND (CASE II) * -35 -5 25 -10 “
* Wind load cases I and II are two different methods of applying wind load to the structure as per
the 1996 Edition of the “Low Rise Building Systems Manual” published by MBMA.
411
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.2 : Vehicle Parking Shelters 3 of 8
Cheetah
65
120
250
65
RAFTER
COLUMN BASE PLAN
2800
(Column recessed 150mm below FFL)
COLUMN
F.F.L.
150
WL
M H +VE
V
My=24 kN.m My=24 kN. m
+VE +VE
COLUMNREACTIONS 7kN 7kN
4kN 4kN
Bay Length = 6 m+
COLUMN REACTIONS FRAME
Dead Load = 0.10 kN/m2 LOAD
V H M ON
COMBINATION
Live Load = 0.57 kN/m2 (kN) (kN) (kN.m) GRID LINE
Wind Speed = 130 km/h DEAD + LIVE 35 0 86 ALL
DEAD + 2 kN AT EDGE 15 0 29 “
DEAD + WIND (RIGHT) -5 15 -52 “
+
DEAD + WIND (LEFT) -5 -10 17 “
FOR 9 m BAY LENGTHS MULTIPLY THE ABOVE
COLUMN REACTIONS BY 1.50 DEAD LOAD ONLY 15 0 29 “
412
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.2 : Vehicle Parking Shelters 4 of 8
Falcon I
C
L
3000 3000 520
55
200
1200
230
120
55
RAFTER
FASCIA LINE
(OPTIONAL)
2800
COLUMN BASE PLAN
COLUMN
(Column recessed 150mm below FFL)
F.F.L.
150
WL
M H +VE
V
+VE My=23 kN.m My=23 kN. m
+VE
COLUMNREACTIONS 7kN
4kN
7kN
4kN
Bay Length = 6 m+
COLUMN REACTIONS FRAME
Dead Load = 0.10 kN/m2 LOAD
V H M ON
COMBINATION
Live Load = 0.57 kN/m2 (kN) (kN) (kN.m) GRID LINE
Wind Speed = 130 km/h DEAD + LIVE (FULL SPAN) 35 0 0 ALL
DEAD + LIVE (1/2 SPAN) 25 0 16 “
DEAD + 2 kN AT EDGE 15 0 6 “
+
DEAD + WIND (CASE I) * -5 -10 33 “
FOR 9 m BAY LENGTHS MULTIPLY THE ABOVE
COLUMN REACTIONS BY 1.50 DEAD + WIND (CASE II) * 5 -10 41 “
DEAD LOAD 15 0 0 “
* Wind load cases I and II are two different methods of applying wind load to the structure as per
the 1986 Edition / 1990 Supplement of the “Low Rise Building Systems Manual” of MBMA.
413
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.2 : Vehicle Parking Shelters 5 of 8
Falcon II
C
L
6000 6000
10 720
1
200
1200
120 65
RAFTER
FASCIA LINE
2800
250
(OPTIONAL)
COLUMN
65
F.F.L.
150
COLUMN BASE PLAN
(Column recessed 150mm below FFL)
M H
V +VE My=21 kN.m My=21 kN. m
+VE
6kN 6kN
13kN 13kN
COLUMNREACTIONS
+
DEAD + WIND (CASE II) * -10 -10 65 “
FOR 9 m BAY LENGTHS MULTIPLY THE ABOVE
COLUMN REACTIONS BY 1.50 DEAD LOAD 20 0 0 “
* Wind load cases I and II are two different methods of applying wind load to the structure as per
the 1996 Edition of the “Low Rise Building Systems Manual” published by MBMA.
414
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.2 : Vehicle Parking Shelters 6 of 8
Butterfly I
C
L
3000 3000 520
55
230
1200
120
200
55
RAFTER
FASCIA LINE
(OPTIONAL) COLUMN BASE PLAN
2800
(Column recessed 150mm below FFL)
COLUMN
F.F.L.
150
415
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.2 : Vehicle Parking Shelters 7 of 8
Butterfly II
C
L
6000 6000 720
1100 3@1500 400 400 3@1500 1100
50 120 380 120 50
10
1
65
65 120
250
200
1200
2800
COLUMN
(Column recessed 150mm below FFL)
F.F.L.
150
V
+VE My=23 kN.m My=23 kN. m
+VE
COLUMNREACTIONS 7kN 7kN
4kN 4kN
Bay Length = 6 m+
COLUMN REACTIONS FRAME
Dead Load = 0.10 kN/m2 LOAD
V H M ON
COMBINATION
Live Load = 0.57 kN/m2 (kN) (kN) (kN.m) GRID LINE
Wind Speed = 130 km/h DEAD + LIVE (FULL SPAN) 65 0 0 ALL
DEAD + LIVE (1/2 SPAN) 45 0 62 “
DEAD + 2 kN AT EDGE 25 0 12 “
DEAD + WIND (CASE I)* -10 -10 41 “
+
DEAD + WIND (CASE II) * -5 -15 77 “
FOR 9 m BAY LENGTHS MULTIPLY THE ABOVE
COLUMN REACTIONS BY 1.50 DEAD LOAD ONLY 25 0 0 “
* Wind load cases I and II are two different methods of applying wind load to the structure as per
the 1996 Edition of the “Low Rise Building Systems Manual” published by MBMA.
416
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.2 : Vehicle Parking Shelters 8 of 8
Caracal
50
180
280
RAFTER
50
2800
3
2 SIGN CONVENTION BRACING REACTIONS
WL
+VE
H1 1 4 H4
+
FOR 9 m BAY LENGTHS MULTIPLY THE ABOVE
COLUMN REACTIONS BY 1.50
417
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.3 : Service / Fuel Stations 1 of 6
The use of pre-engineered structures for vehicle finish reflecting their more demanding commercial
service / fuel stations is very common in the U.S.A. requirements.
and the Middle East where the pre-engineered
building system has historically dominated the Other architectural features can be incorporated to
single storey non-residential construction market. further enhance the appearance of these structures.
418
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.3 : Service / Fuel Stations 2 of 6
419
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.3 : Service / Fuel Stations 3 of 6
Type I
Type
C
L
6000
3000 3000
FASCIA
900
TUBE COLUMN
2800
GAS PUMP
300
F.F.L .
18000
290
370
M H
3000 3000
V
290
6000
COLUMNREACTIONS 370
420
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.3 : Service / Fuel Stations 4 of 6
Type II
15000
CL CL
3000 9000 3000
FASCIA
900
TUBE COLUMN
2800
GAS PUMP
F.F.L.
18000
3000 6000 6000 3000
END INTERIOR INTERIOR END
BAY BAY BAY BAY
2 4 5 6 9
3 7
290
3000
370
M1 M8
H1 1 8 H8
3000
V1 V8
3000
3000
1500
COLUMNREACTIONS
3000
290
370
3000
421
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.3 : Service / Fuel Stations 5 of 6
15000
C
L C
L
4500 4500
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
900
CLEAR HEIGHT
FASCIA LINE PVC DOWNSPOUT BUILT-UP
(INSIDE TUBE COLUMN) RAFTER
1 TUBE
2800
COLUMN
300
F.F.L.
C
L
DETAIL-1
400
ROOF PANEL
BUILT-UP
RAFTER
STIFFENERS
T
200
BEARING PLATES
WITH HOLES FOR PURLIN
DOWNSPOUT
PVC DOWNSPOUT
(INSIDE TUBE COLUMN) TUBE
COLUMN
VALLEY GUTTER
DOWNSPOUT
DETAIL-2
STIFFENER PLATE PVC DRAINAGE HOLE
220 DOWNSPOUT (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
100 ANCHOR BOLT
U ANCHOR
BOLT
STIFFENER
C
L BUILT-UP
GROUTING RAFTER
BASE PLATE
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
SPLICE
PLATE
FOOTING
400
310
BEARING
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) PLATES
F.F.L.
STIFFENER
DOWNSPOUT
OUTLET TUBE
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL ) COLUMN STIFFENER 310 TUBE
BASE PLATE COLUMN
400
DETAIL OF COLUMN/RAFTER SECTION-T
SECTION-U
DETAILS : GENERAL STRUCTURAL
422
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.3 : Service / Fuel Stations 6 of 6
FASCIA
FASCIA TOP
PURLIN MEMBE
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLEAR HEIGHT
CLOSURE
2800
TUBE COLUMN
FASCIA PANEL
F.F.L.
850
300
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
BUILT-UP RAFTER
SUSPENSION
SUB-PURLIN ANGLE
RIDGE LINE SOFFIT
FASCIA BOTTOM
FASCIA PURLIN CANTILEVER TUBE COLUMN MEMBE
(TYP) BEAMS
END BAY
SOFFIT TRIM
3000
BEADMASTIC
6000
ROOF PANEL
TRIM
OUTSIDE FOAM
CLOSURE
18000
CHANNEL
6000
ILLUMINATED FASCIA
FIELD SCREWED TO
CHANNEL
850
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
ANGLE SUPPORT
END BAY
H BUILT-UP RAFTER
BOLTED TO RAFTER
AND WELDED TO
CHANNEL
SUB-PURLIN SUSPENSION
ANGLE
SOFFIT
6000 3000 6000 CHANNEL
15000
SECTION-H
DETAILS : ROOF FRAMING ANDFASCIA DETAILS
423
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.4 : Poultry Buildings 1 of 2
Poultry buildings are used as rearing houses, broiler These Zamil Steel buildings were developed
houses, laying houses and for any other poultry farm specifically for the poultry industry and are designed
application. to accommodate the equipment and ventilation
systems normally required for this specific
The high cost of livestock and equipment demands application. The buildings may also be configured
that dependable, quality built structures protect the to meet other requirements.
owner’s investment. Special care must be taken to
protect the steel from the corrosive environment The features provided in a standard Zamil Steel
generated inside the buildings as well as from harsh poultry building result in functional and durable
external weather conditions. Maintenance costs for structures such as noted below.
Zamil Steel’s poultry buildings are minimal; this is
an important factor to consider when evaluating the
initial purchase price of a poultry building.
Feature Description
Galvanized structural steel This premium coating for the structural members protects the structure
members against the high moisture content and the corrosive nature of the materials
normally present in poultry buildings.
Galvanized steel or aluminum These panel options provide the optimum corrosion resistance and
panels protection needed for these buildings.
Electrogalvanized connection Electrogalvanized bolts with yellow Dacromet conversion coatings for
machine bolts corrosion protection.
Corrosion resistant panel fasteners Rust resistant plated and dichromate dipped screws with a neoprene
weather seal under the washer firmly attach the roof and wall panel to the
steel framing.
Fiberglass insulation A 100 mm thick vinyl faced fiberglass blanket helps to maintain the desired
temperature inside.
Weather tight neoprene closure Tight fitting profiled closures, matching the ribs of roof and wall panels,
strips provide a secured building against intrusion by rodents and enhance the
efficiency of the building insulation.
424
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.4 : Poultry Buildings 2 of 2
3200
12480 OUT TO OUT OF CONCRETE
6000
6000
3200
3200
40
PLAN : ANCHORBOLTSETTING
STEEL LINE C
L
43
BRACING
SIGN CONVENTION
REACTIONS
43
NOTE:
3 WL
2 4 ALL REACTIONS ARE SHOWN IN
40 100
KILONEWTONS. ARROWS INDI-
100
(MIN. SUGGESTED)
V1 V5
75
F.F.L.
40
150
425
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.5 : Bulk Storage Buildings 1 of 3
Bulk storage buildings for granular materials transfer this load to the wall girts and, in turn, to
such as, wheat, sugar, cement, etc. require special the rigid frame columns.
engineering considerations. The angle of repose
(which is the maximum stable natural slope that a For chemically active materials, it is recommended
specific material can assume) and the required to consider wall surface finishes other than steel
storage capacity are factors that influence the liner panels. Alternatively, the building geometry
geometry and design of the bulk storage building. may be configured in such a way so as to ensure
that the granular material piles away from the wall.
The pressure that granular material exerts on the Another common approach is to have a reinforced
bearing walls is a function of the material height, concrete wall up to a height, “h” (see page 3 of 3 of
unit weight and angle of internal friction. The table this section), to avoid direct loads on the steel
below lists these properties for different granular structure from the granular material.
materials.
Mechanical subsystems, such as cranes, conveyor
Bulk storage buildings are normally Clear Span belts and walkways can be easily accommodated
buildings characterized by a steep roof slope that within these buildings.
permits the efficient storage of piled granular
material above the building eave height. When required, Zamil Steel can provide structural
members that are shot-blasted and painted with
If the interior metal walls are required to resist the premium paint systems to meet the demanding
horizontal pressure of the granular material, an requirements of hygienic sanitation.
adequate wall liner panel must be provided to
426
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.5 : Bulk Storage Buildings 2 of 3
R.F. RAFTER
GRANULAR
MATERIAL
ANGLE OF
REPOSE
R.F. COLUMN
427
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.5 : Bulk Storage Buildings 3 of 3
R.F. RAFTER
1 GRANULAR
MATERIAL
R.F. COLUMN
hh
PURLIN
ROOF PANEL R.F. RAFTER
HEAD TRIM
EAVE STRUT
LINER SUPPORT
ANGLE
R.F. COLUMN
ADEQUATE
WALL LINER
GRANULAR
MATERIAL
WALL PANEL
GIRT
h
h
BASE ANGLES
FINISHED FLOOR
LEVEL
428
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.6 : Aircraft Hangars 1 of 5
429
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.6 : Aircraft Hangars 2 of 5
PERSPECTIVE
MEZZANINE
65000 mm
430
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.6 : Aircraft Hangars 3 of 5
5.720
W L H
TYPE OF AIRCRAFT (WING SPAN) (OVERALL LENGTH) (OVERALL HEIGHT)
BOEING 727-200 32.920 46.680 8.660
BOEING 737-500 28.890 29.790 8.660
BOEING 747-400 COMBI 64.940 68.600 19.580
BOEING 757-200 38.049 47.320 13.564
BOEING 767-300 47.574 54.940 15.849
AIRBUS A340-200 58.640 59.422 16.918
AIRBUS A340-300 60.304 63.658 16.828
McDONNELL-DOUGLAS DC-8-70 45.237 57.125 12.929
McDONNEL-DOUGLAS DC-9-80 32.850 45.020 9.200
McDONNELL-DOUGLAS DC-10 50.394 55.499 17.704
FALCON 900 19.330 19.550 7.550
LOCKHEED C-5A GALAXY 67.882 75.540 19.850
LOCKHEED C-130 HERCULES 40.411 29.794 11.659
LOCKHEED C-141 STARLIFTER 48.743 51.308 11.976
LOCKHEED L-1011 47.346 54.178 16.866
CONCORDE 25.552 62.103 11.405
Note: All dimensions are in meters unless specified otherwise.
431
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.6 : Aircraft Hangars 4 of 5
DOOR POCKET MAIN BUILDING WIDTH : OUT TO OUT OF STEEL LINE DOOR POCKET
LEAN-TO WIDTH LEAN-TO WIDTH
OVERALL WIDTH INCLUDING DOOR POCKETS
DOOR POCKET MAIN BUILDING WIDTH : OUT TO OUT OF STEEL LINE DOOR POCKET
LEAN-TO WIDTH LEAN-TO WIDTH
TRUSS CHORDS
FIRST INTERIOR
FRAME UPPER GUIDE RAILS UPPER GUIDE RAILS
RIGID FRAME (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL) (NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
COLUMN
TRACK BRACKET
HANGAR POST
END FRAME
RIGID FRAME
COLUMN HANGAR DOORS FRAMED OPENING WIDTH
L
FRAMED OPENING WIDTH OF HANGAR DOORS
DOOR POCKET MAIN BUILDING WIDTH : OUT TO OUT OF STEEL LINE DOOR POCKET
LEAN-TO WIDTH LEAN-TO WIDTH
OVERALL WIDTH INCLUDING DOOR POCKETS
432
CHAPTER 17 : SPECIAL
SPECIALTY TY BUILDINGS
Section 17.6 : Aircraft Hangars 5 of 5
STRUT TUBE
SHIM PLATE
PACK PLATES
ANGLE BRACES
END BAY
ELECTRICAL CONTROL
ACCESS AREA
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
DOOR LEAVES
(NOT BY ZAMIL STEEL)
433
434
C
H
A
STRUCTURAL P
CORROSION
T
PROTECTION
E
R
18
435
Structural Corrosion Protection
436
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.1 : General 1 of 1
The steel structures of pre-engineered buildings Over-specifying a corrosion protective system will
need to be protected from corrosive environmental result in unnecessary high cost implications. On
factors such as moisture, salt, dust and chemicals. the other hand, under estimating the required
The degree of exposure of the steel structure to a degree of corrosion protection can cause a problem
particular environment often determines the most especially when proper care of the steel while it is
cost-effective corrosion protection system. The stored at the jobsite and during erection, is not taken.
enduser of a pre-engineered building must be able A poor choice of the corrosion protection system,
to define what his building will be used for, what improper site storage conditions, rough handling,
climatic and environmental conditions will prevail and improper application of finish coats at the site
at the building site and how long does he expect to (when required) is a sure way of shortening the
use his building. Based on this input Zamil Steel service life of the steel structure.
can then recommend a cost effective corrosion
protection system based on the vast experience it
has acquired during the past 20 years in most end-
use applications of pre-engineered buildings from
simple enclosed warehouses to chemical plants; and
in all types of environments from dry inland areas
to tropical coastlines.
437
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.2 : Elements of Corrosion Protection 1 of 4
A corrosion protection system is generally system for almost all building usage applications.
composed of three elements: To enable us to do that the customer must follow
these steps:
• Steel surface preparation
• Shop primer • Determine the building’s exterior and interior
• Paint system environmental conditions.
Refer to Table 1 : Environment Categories
According to BS 6150.
Although Zamil Steel is in a position to recommend
a complete corrosion protection system, we • Choose the degree of protection desired and
generally limit ourselves to the steel surface determine the typical painting system applicable
preparation and the application of a shop primer. based on the internal and external environmental
conditions of the building.
The Zamil Steel standard 25 microns Sigmazam Refer to Table 2 : Typical Paint Systems Used
red-oxide primer (conforming to SSPC-PS-7.00 for Corrosion Protection.
1982 (or equivalent), applied over solvent cleaned
steel, is intended to protect the steel against • Choose a generic paint system (which matches
excessive rusting during transport (from factory to the applicable paint system) that results in an
jobsite) and during the relatively short period of acceptable cost, serviceability (i.e. over-
erecting the steel. The performance of this red oxide coatability after a period of time) and other
primer on its own and without the application of desired features.
any further coatings has proven to be adequate in Refer to Table 3 : Main Generic Types of Paint
the majority of applications, particularly when the and Their Properties.
erected building is enclosed, ventilated and is not • Make a generic specification based on the above
exposed to a corrosive environment. It is strongly
steps.
recommended that the owner or specifier of a pre-
engineered building evaluate the necessity for
Consequently Zamil Steel can then recommend a
additional site painting and ensure that any paint,
detailed specification of surface preparation, primer
applied at the site, is compatible with this primer.
and additional paint coats (if required) in addition
to recommending a paint manufacturer and the
In a Zamil Steel pre-engineered building the
manufacturer’s product number. If a specific paint
structural components that require corrosion
manufacturer and product is desired by the
protection comprise of primary built-up plate
customer, Zamil Steel will use that paint system as
members and hot rolled members such as columns,
long as that product satisfies the quality and
rafters, mezzanine beams, crane runway beams, etc.
application requirements of Zamil Steel.
and secondary cold-formed members such as roof
purlins, wall girts, etc. As part of its standard product
line, Zamil Steel offers galvanized and Zincalume
coated secondary members, which provide
maximum service life, under almost all service
conditions, at a very reasonable cost.
438
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.2 : Elements of Corrosion Protection 2 of 4
Coastal areas subject to salt spray (e.g. Environments subject to frequent high
up to 3 km inland), non-industrial, with humidity or heavy condensation, espe-
average rainfall. cially if pollutants, e.g. sulphur dioxide
or ammonia, are present.
Inland industrial areas with significant
Severe atmospheric pollution. Environments in which heavy soiling or
hygiene requirements necessitate fre-
Areas with a driving rain index of 7 or quent cleaning of surfaces.
more, see BRE Digest No. 127(1).
Surfaces subject to heavy abrasion or
impact.
439
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.2 : Elements of Corrosion Protection 3 of 4
Table 2 : T
Table ypical Paint Systems Used for Corrosion Protection
Typical
Environment Indoor Environment Outdoor Environment
Coastal
Grade Dry Wet1 Rural2 Industrial Coastal Industrial3
A04 A1 A2 B3 C2 C2
Minimum B1 C1 D1
(Usual) B2 D1
– A2 B2 C2 C3 D3
Better
A3 B3 D2 D2
– A3 C1 C3 D3 E
Best or D3
B3
A0 : No treatment
A1 : Hand clean to St2 + primer
A2 : Blast clean Sa 21/2 + corrosion preventive paint
A3 : Blast clean Sa 21/2 + corrosion preventive paint + top coat
1
Wet means condensation for short periods. The longer the wet periods the better the coating must be.
2
Also used for frequently wet indoor environments.
3
Also used for outdoor heavy industrial environments.
4
In some countries a better quality is normally required such as A1 or A2.
440
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.2 : Elements of Corrosion Protection 4 of 4
441
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.3 : Surface Preparation 1 of 5
Surface preparation addresses the suitability of the Different exposure conditions and paints require
steel substrate to accept a primer and additional different level of cleanliness. Table 4 gives the
paint coats. It involves two factors: recommended surface preparation technique for
various exposure conditions (this table should be
• A required degree of cleanliness (freedom from used together with Table 2). The vast majority of
oil, grease, rust and other contaminants) applications will normally fall in the first and second
categories of exposure conditions. Bear in mind
that the exposure condition is for the completed
• A required surface profile for mechanical
building, which in the majority of cases is enclosed
adhesion
and well ventilated.
No coating system will perform as intended if
surface preparation is ignored or is inappropriate.
On the other hand, over specifying the surface
preparation will be costly and may not be of
significant benefit to the desired result.
442
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.3 : Surface Preparation 2 of 5
Table 5 is a summary of the different surface prepa- The profile anchor pattern or roughness is the
ration specifications given by the Steel Structures average depth (or height) from peak to valley
Painting Council. Zamil Steel is able to perform all caused by the impact of the abrasive onto the
of these except SP4 and SP5, which are not part of substrate. Figure 1 is an illustration, which shows
our standard offering. The Zamil Steel standard of “R” as the roughness. Excessive roughness should
solvent cleaning (augmented when necessary by be avoided since corrosion can easily occur on
hand tool cleaning or brush-off blasting) for Zamil peaks where the paint coating is thinner. Further-
Steel’s standard red-oxide primer is adequate for more, the deeper the anchor profile, the more
the majority of applications and has proven to be paint is required to achieve a desired Dry Film
suitable even with other types of paint which do Thickness (DFT).
not require deep anchor profiles.
Zamil Steel uses a combination of shot and grit
Our steel is generally clean and of a superior rust blasting in an enclosed cabinet when a blasted
resistant grade due to our policy of storing the plate surface is necessary. This allows us to achieve the
inventory of raw materials indoors and our shop level of cleanliness and roughness required for
flow which keeps materials in an enclosed building almost all types of paint applications. Many
up to the time it is painted in a covered area. specifiers often ask for a specific type of abrasive
blasting either sand, shot or grit. For cleaning
The surface profile of the steel substrate is a measure purposes, there is no significant difference between
of the roughness required for optimum adhesion of the three except for the media and method of
paint. It is important because it increases the surface application.
area and provides a mechanical anchor. Paints with
excellent wetting characteristics (and the majority
of oil-based and alkyd primers) are tolerant of
relatively smooth surfaces like those resulting from
tightly adhering mill scale. High build epoxies and
inorganic paints normally require deeper surface
profiles achieved only by blasting the substrate. As
a rule, thick coatings require a deeper profile than
thin coatings to bond properly to the substrate.
443
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.3 : Surface Preparation 3 of 5
Atmosphere : uncontaminated; Power tool and hand tool Oil-base, water-base, alkyds, bitumi-
exterior and interior SSPC-SP 3, 7 nous
Atmosphere : uncontaminated; Power tool or brush blast Oil-base, alkyds, epoxy esters, bitumi-
humid SSPC-SP 2, 3 nous, coal-tar epoxies
Atmosphere :industrial; humid; Commercial blast SSPC-SP 6 Coal-tar epoxies, epoxy esters, phe-
marine nolic varnishes, chlorinated rubbers
Immersion: water; brine; oils Near-white blast SSPC-SP 10 Organic zinc-rich, vinyls, phenolic var-
Atmosphere: chemical nishes, epoxies, coal-tar epoxies, chlo-
rinated rubbers
Immersion: chemicals; acids White-metal blast SSPC-SP 5 Zinc silicates (inorganic zinc-rich),
vinyls, phenolics, silicones, chlorinated
rubbers
1. Solvent and chemical: Employed for special contamination, coatings, or service conditions. Quality of
preparation varies widely.
2. Flame cleaning: May be substituted for brush blast cleaning, most paints are satisfied by this surface
preparation quality.
3. Pickling and phosphatizing: May be substituted for white metal blast, near-white metal blast, or
commercial blast, depending upon quality and service condition.
444
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.3 : Surface Preparation 4 of 5
SSPC-SP 1 Solvent cleaning Removal of oil, grease, dirt, soil, salts, and contaminants by clean-
ing with solvent, vapor, alkali, emulsion or steam.
SSPC-SP 2 Hand tool cleaning Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, and loose paint to a speci-
fied degree, by hand chipping, scrapping, sanding and wire brush-
ing.
SSPC-SP 3 Power tool cleaning Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, and loose paint to a speci-
fied degree, by power tool chipping, descaling, sanding, wire brush-
ing and grinding.
SSPC-SP 4 Flame cleaning of new steel Dehydrating and removal of rust, loose mill scale and some tight
mill scale by use of flame and followed by wire brushing.
SSPC-SP 5 White metal blast cleaning Removal of all visible rust, mill scale, paint and foreign matter by
blast cleaning by wheel or nozzle (dry or wet) using sand, grit or
shot. (For very corrosive atmospheres where high cost of cleaning
is warranted.)
SSPC-SP 10 Near-white blast cleaning Blast cleaning nearly to white metal cleanliness, until at least 95%
of each element of surface area is free of all visible residues. (For
high humidity, chemical atmospheres, marine or other corrosive
environments.)
SSPC-SP 6 Commercial blast cleaning Blast cleaning until at least two-thirds of each element of surface
area is free of all visible residues. (For rather severe conditions of
exposure.)
SSPC-SP 7 Brush-off blast cleaning Blast cleaning of all except tightly adhering residues of mill scale,
rust and coatings, exposing numerous evenly distributed flecks of
underlying metal.
SSPC-SP 8 Pickling Complete removal of rust and mill scale by acid pickling, duplex
pickling or electrolytic pickling. May passify surface.
445
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.3 : Surface Preparation 5 of 5
446
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.4 : Paint Systems 1 of 2
Paints are composed primarily of pigments When intermediate and finish coats are specified
dispersed in a film form, or binder, which is either for a certain project, Zamil Steel consults with the
dissolved in solvent or emulsified in water to make paint manufacturer on compatibility and ease of
the paint fluid enough to apply by brush, roller or application of the coat before a recommendation
spray. The basic composition of paint dictates its is made.
suitability to a particular combination of application
conditions and protection requirements. Paints are The following recommended paint systems, for the
normally used in combination with other paints to primary and secondary steel, are a result of Zamil
create a paint system. Steel’s extensive experience in this field. The actual
paint system may be changed depending on the
A paint system generally consists of a primer, an buyer’s definition of the specific application. Zamil
intermediate coat and a finish coat applied in Steel Area Offices will guide the buyer in specifying
different thicknesses to achieve the total desired film the exact painting system required. When a
thickness. For most painting systems, increasing customer specifies a different painting system or
the film thickness decreases permeability and paint manufacturer, Zamil Steel reserves the right
improves performance and durability. Zamil Steel to review the specifications against the quality and
generally applies only a shop primer to the steel application requirements of Zamil Steel.
structures of its buildings in order to provide
adequate protection during transport, storage at site
for a limited period, and erection. Finish coats and
intermediate coats are preferably applied at the
job site just before the steel is erected in order to
minimize handling damage.
447
CHAPTER 18 : STRUCTURAL CORROSION PROTECTION
Section 18.4 : Paint Systems 2 of 2
Primary Steel
Cate- Primary Steel
Building
gory Surface Intermediate
Environment Primer Coat Top Coat
Preparation Coat
1 Enclosed SP1/SP2 solvent Sigma 606P Alkyd, acrylic or Alkyd,acrylic or
buildings with and hand tool red oxide chlorinated chlorinated
mild, well cleaning alkyd primer rubber based rubber based
ventilated paints paints
interior (Recommended) (Recommended)
conditions
2 Mild atmospheric P1/SP2 Sigma 606P red Alkyd, acrylic or Alkyd, acrylic or
exposure, interior solvent and hand oxide alkyd chlorinated chlorinated
and exterior tool cleaning primer rubber based rubber based
paints paints
(Required) (Required)
SP7 Sigma 7413 Alkyd, acrylic or Alkyd, acrylic or
brush-off general purpose chlorinated chlorinated
blast cleaning epoxy primer rubber based rubber based
paints paints
(Recommended) (Required)
3 Mild to moder- SP10-Sa2-1/2 Sigma 7402 For compatible
ately corrosive near-white metal zinc epoxy systems see paint (Required)
coastal and blasting specs.
industrial Hempel 1205-9A (Recommended)
(Recommended)
atmospheres zinc chromate
4 Polluted or SP10-Sa2 _ Sigma 7412 For compatible For compatible
coastal near-white metal 2-pack epoxy systems see paint systems see paint
atmospheres blasting specs. specs.
Sigma 7558
inorganic zinc (Recommended) (Required)
Secondary Steel
448
C
H
A
STRUCTURAL P
FIRE
T
PROTECTION
E
R
19
449
Structural Fire Protection
450
CHAPTER 19 : STRUCTURAL FIRE PROTECTION
Section 19.1 : General 1 of 1
Modern building codes specify minimum fire To select the appropriate system(s) for fire
resistance requirements based on studies by fire protection and detection, the following factors
protection engineers. The fire resistance rating is should be considered;
expressed as the number of hours a structural
assembly is able to withstand when exposed to a • Appearance
standard time temperature test, ASTM E119, before
• Mechanical Durability
the first critical point in its behavior is reached.
• Compatibility with the Environment
Steel begins to lose its stiffness at temperatures in • Compatibility with any Corrosion Protection
the neighborhood of 538oC (1000oF). ASTM E119 System
standard fire test requires that average temperature • Space Requirements
readings do not exceed 538oC (1000oF) for columns, • Construction Program
and 593oC (1100oF) for beams. Individual readings
must not exceed 538oC (1000oF) for columns and • Application or Fixing Rate
649oC (1200oF) for beams. • Cost
A fire exposure of a severity and duration sufficient This section is intended to educate the reader about
to raise the temperature of steel above the fire the available fire protection systems. For further
criteria temperature will seriously impair the steel’s details, you need to contact fire protection specialists
ability to sustain loads above unit stresses or directly.
plasticity load factors permitted by the AISC
specifications.
451
CHAPTER 19 : STRUCTURAL FIRE PROTECTION
Section 19.2 : Passive Fire Protection Systems 1 of 3
In recent years passive fire protection systems have The thickness of such boards range from 6 to 80
been extended to incorporate the fire protection of mm depending on the material they are made of.
structural steel beams, columns, floor slabs and Their fire resistance ranges from one hour to four
other building components such as firewalls, wall hours.
linings, partition walls and ducting systems.
Boards may be fixed to steelwork using mechanical
All passive products comply with BS 476 part 22 methods, (screws, straps and/or galvanized
or equivalent. The fire resistance varies from half- angles) or they may be glued and pinned. A box
an-hour up to four hours depending upon the type configuration is generally used, except for very deep
of product and its application. The main passive sections (above 800 mm) where it is advisable to
fire protection systems are: boarded systems, have the board fire protection follow the section
intumescent products, spray applied systems and profile.
concrete encasements.
Boarded systems are particularly suitable for the
Boarded Systems protection of columns where smooth surfaces
are required to achieve a neat appearance. They
These are pre-formed boards usually made from provide the most suitable finish for accommodat-
gypsum, mineral fibers or naturally occurring plate- ing other trades.
like materials such as vermiculite and mica using
cement and/or silicate binders.
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
PRE-FORMED FIRE
PROTECTION BOARDS
SUPPOR T FIXTURES
452
CHAPTER 19 : STRUCTURAL FIRE PROTECTION
Section 19.2 : Passive Fire Protection Systems 2 of 3
Intumescent Products
Intumescent products are designed to seal
bulkheads, small gaps or airline cracks where
mechanical and electrical utilities pass from one area
of a building to another. The products range from
intumescent coating, applied to a substrate as a thin
film, to mastic and pipe collars.
Spray Applied Systems However, only few materials are suitable for use in
externally exposed situations where it is necessary
These are lightweight fire protection materials that to provide the steel with an adequate corrosion
are divided into two main classes: protection. Depending on their thickness, such
• Based on vermiculite or perlite plus a binder, products can achieve up to four hours of fire
often cement. resistance. Some require mesh reinforcement to
• Based on mineral fibers such as rockwool. achieve longer periods of fire resistance.
This form of protection is generally applied directly Spray applied systems provide the cheapest and
to the steel surface and follows its profile. In some fastest method of protection and are particularly
situations it is applied to an expanded steel lathing suitable for protection of beams which are generally
to form a hollow box protection. Many of the concealed by suspended ceilings.
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
453
CHAPTER 19 : STRUCTURAL FIRE PROTECTION
Section 19.2 : Passive Fire Protection Systems 3 of 3
CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS
STRUCTURAL
MEMBERS
454
CHAPTER 19 : STRUCTURAL FIRE PROTECTION
Section 19.3 : Fixed Fire Protection Systems 1 of 1
455
CHAPTER 19 : STRUCTURAL FIRE PROTECTION
Section 19.4 : Fire Detection and Alarm Systems 1 of 1
The installation of fire detection and alarm systems Furthermore, different alarm and communication
is essential especially in buildings that contain a systems are available and can be used depending
large number of people at one time such as offices, on the type and function of the building. Such
hospitals, shopping centers, factories, etc., to help systems include voice alarm systems that provide
in immediate and speedy evacuation of the building. manually or automatically, relayed instructions to
aid evacuation; public address systems that provide
Generally, a fire detection and control system is general paging and announced facilities including
temperature sensitive. It will respond to moderate music and speech reinforcement; and integrated
temperature changes in the building. Such systems systems used to complement and operate with fire
are normally designed so as not to respond to detection systems.
gradual increase in temperature, seasonal changes
in ambient temperature, arc lights, welding torches,
infrared light or ultraviolet rays.
456
C
H
A
P
FOUNDATIONS
T
E
R
20
457
Foundations
458
CHAPTER 20 : FOUNDA TIONS
FOUNDATIONS
Section 20.1 : General 1 of 1
This chapter is intended to serve as a guide for V-shaped reinforcing bars (called hairpins) anchored
determining the size and the steel reinforcement of around the anchor bolts and protruding into the slab.
footings supporting the primary columns of pre- See the following pages for more details. The
engineered steel buildings. provision of hairpins results in more economy in
the design of foundations.
The design of a foundation requires two major
inputs: The details and design tables in this chapter pertain
to spread footings for pin connected columns only
1. The bearing capacity (kg/cm2) of the soil, which (i.e. columns with no moment reactions). The soil
is the ability of the soil to resist applied loads. capacities used are typical for sand and clay type of
land. No soil stability problems are assumed in the
2. The columns reactions (kN) of the steel building, soil.
which are the loads transferred from the
structure to the base of the columns.
459
CHAPTER 20 : FOUNDA TIONS
FOUNDATIONS
Section 20.2 : Typical Footing Details 1 of 1
385 100
Y
BA UM
N
ND ) OL
F. E BAY
.
R ND L L C LTS
(E A
EW BO
SIDCHOR
) A N
AY
IO RB L
ER AL
(IN
T EW N LTS
SIDLUM R BO
COCHO
Y) AN
R BA
RIO
TE
(IN
AY
DB
B ENBAY)
L MN
P &(END AL LU AB
DW CO LTS
ENRNER BO SL
100 CO CHO
R
AN
EN
CODWA TH
NG )
LU LL
MN INT G LE TEEL
AN ERI
CH OR I L DIN OF S
OR BU OUT
BO TO
(OU BUIL LT
S (OUT
T T DIN
OO GW
UT I
OF DTH
ST
EE
L)
ANCHORBOLTSLAYOUT
HAIR PIN ANCHOR BOL T HAIR PIN STEEL MESH
GROUND BEAM AS REQUIRED
STIRRUPS STEEL MESH
L
WIDTH
REINFORCEMENT
DEPTH
PERIMETER FOOTING
TYPICALLY PROVIDED FOR ENDWALL COLUMN
AS1 LONG STEEL
AS1 LONG STEEL
AS2 SHORT STEEL
AS2 SHORT STEEL
LENGTH SECTION-L
SPREAD FOOTING 30
60
30
NOTE:
FOOTING SIZES, REINFORCING BAR DESIGN AND THE USE OF HAIR PINS SHOULD
BE OBTAINED FROM THE DESIGN TABLES IN SECTION 20.3, PAGE 1 AND 2 OF
THIS CHAPTER.
MULTIPLE HAIR PINS SINGLE HAIR PIN
460
CHAPTER 20 : FOUNDA TIONS
FOUNDATIONS
Section 20.3 : Footing Design 1 of 2
The following tables present guidelines for sizing spread footings and their steel reinforcements.
Soil Bearing Capacity = 0.75 kg/cm2
Vertical Uplift Footing Size Footing Reinforcement
Reaction Capacity Length Width Depth Steel Grade 60
(kN) (kN) (cm) (cm) (cm) AS1 AS2
40 4 80 80 35 4 Nos. 14 mm ø 4 Nos. 14 mm ø
60 6 100 100 35 5 Nos. 14 mm ø 5 Nos. 14 mm ø
70 11 140 120 35 5 Nos. 14 mm ø 6 Nos. 14 mm ø
110 14 160 140 35 6 Nos. 14 mm ø 7 Nos. 14 mm ø
140 24 180 160 35 7 Nos. 14 mm ø 8 Nos. 14 mm ø
175 33 200 180 35 7 Nos. 14 mm ø 9 Nos. 14 mm ø
250 36 220 200 35 9 Nos. 14 mm ø 10 Nos. 14 mm ø
375 50 260 240 35 11 Nos. 14 mm ø 13 Nos. 14 mm ø
461
CHAPTER 20 : FOUNDA TIONS
FOUNDATIONS
Section 20.3 : Footing Design 2 of 2
When a ground slab is not used as part of the For this condition the following table provides
foundation sub-structure, hair pins cannot be used guidelines for determining footing size and steel
and footings have to be designed to resist both reinforcement.
vertical and horizontal loads.
WIDTH
500mm
DEPTH
LENGTH
LENGTH
462
CHAPTER 20 : FOUNDA TIONS
FOUNDATIONS
Section 20.4 : Slab Design 1 of 1
The design of a concrete slab on ground must be capacity of the slab depends on the thickness and
carried by a qualified foundation engineer. The quality of concrete, the reinforcement and the type
following table is provided only for guidance. The of composition of the soil.
Minimum Reinforcement
Type
Load Slab No.
of Thickness of Size
Occupancy (kN/m2) (mm) Layers
Sub-Slab under other slabs - 50 None
Residential or Light Commercial <5 100 One 150x150-4/4 WWF
Commercial, Institutional, Barns 10 125 One 150x150-5/5 WWF
Light Industrial, Gas Stations, Garages 20 150 One 150x150-6/6 WWF
Industrial and Heavy Pavement for 35 150 Two 150x150-6/6 WWF
Industrial Plants, Gas Stations, Garages
12mm ø bars at
Heavy Industrial 70 175 Two
300mm c/c each way
16mm ø bars at
Extra Heavy Industrial 120 200 Two
300mm c/c each way
Notes:
1. WWF denotes“Welded Wire Fabric”
2. The above table is based on 210 kg/cm2 compressive strength concrete.
3. For loads in excess of 20 kN/m2, investigate subsoil conditions with extra care. Proper compaction should be made to achieve the loading
capacities provided in the table.
4. When one layer of reinforcement is required place it 50 mm below the top of the slab. When two layers of reinforcement are required place
the second layer 50 mm above the bottom of the slab.
463
i
ii
Chapters
1.
1. INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
2.
2. NOMENCLA
NOMENCLATURE
NOMENCLATURE
3.
3. ENGINEERING
ENGINEERING PRACTICES
PRACTICES
4.
4. STANDARD STRUCTURAL
STANDARD
STANDARD STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS
5.
5. OTHER
OTHER STRUCTURAL
STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS
6.
6. SECONDAR
SECONDARY STRUCTURAL FRAMING
SECONDARY
7.
7. BASIC
BASIC STRUCTURAL
STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
SUBSYSTEMS
8.
8. SINGLE
SINGLE SKIN
SKIN P
PANELS
PANELS
9.
9. INSULA
INSULATED
INSULATED SANDWICH P
TED SANDWICH PANELS
PANELS
ANELS
10. PANEL
10. P ANEL RELA
RELATED
TED ACCESSORIES
RELATED ACCESSORIES
111. OTHER
OTHER STRUCTURAL
STRUCTURAL SUBSYSTEMS
SUBSYSTEMS
12.
12. FLOOR
FLOOR SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS
13.
13. BUILDING
BUILDING ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
14.
14. INSULA
INSULATION
INSULATION
TION
15.
15. SUNDR
SUNDRY P
SUNDRY AR
ARTS
PAR
ARTS
16.
16. SPECIAL
SPECIAL BUYOUTS
BUYOUTS
17.
17. SPECIAL
SPECIALTY BUILDINGS
SPECIALTY
19.
19. STRUCTURAL
STRUCTURAL FIRE
FIRE PROTECTION
PROTECTION
20.
20. FOUNDA
FOUNDATIONS
FOUNDATIONS
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS